Compare commits
42 Commits
b7ca70161e
...
219ebf81bf
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 219ebf81bf | |||
| b7f970e42e | |||
| 12f1d5f67c | |||
| bf4dfd8641 | |||
| 86bbd77453 | |||
| f33d8f5bc5 | |||
| a2afe92f5e | |||
| afc4c624ad | |||
| 13b143a92c | |||
| cff20f5dfb | |||
| fc105ba03e | |||
| 83e715b9b8 | |||
| 31325e289a | |||
| 21d3a9c57c | |||
| 2d78b806e3 | |||
| 6c954915e5 | |||
| 6db7e9816c | |||
| 78f47c1c6a | |||
| 385042b5fa | |||
| b173449c84 | |||
| 51facb214b | |||
| edf7f23c58 | |||
| 683f0c655f | |||
| bdcf15ecc0 | |||
| 5a3d532c85 | |||
| a51e2a84d9 | |||
| d5d513769b | |||
| 489d12460b | |||
| 861d965825 | |||
| 7ee9153657 | |||
| d28b0751da | |||
| 37969db7c6 | |||
| 3dde719266 | |||
| c07930185c | |||
| b94d559367 | |||
| 23d5fbfd72 | |||
| c29d0e7748 | |||
| d1e4dddf1e | |||
| c95467a5af | |||
| 14766ba7b0 | |||
| da5299140b | |||
| 4acdd04c88 |
10
.gitignore
vendored
10
.gitignore
vendored
@ -24,6 +24,16 @@ svg-inkscape/
|
||||
*(busy)
|
||||
*SAVE-ERROR
|
||||
*.sum
|
||||
*.equ
|
||||
*.glg
|
||||
*.glo
|
||||
*.gls
|
||||
*.ist
|
||||
*.alg
|
||||
*.acr
|
||||
*.acn
|
||||
Main.pdf
|
||||
*.lol
|
||||
|
||||
# Python
|
||||
*.pyc
|
||||
|
||||
151
Content/00_toc.tex
Normal file
151
Content/00_toc.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Table of Contents and Lists
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: This file generates the table of contents and all document lists
|
||||
% including figures, tables, equations, listings, and glossaries.
|
||||
% The formatting uses the blenderfont style for consistency.
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Table of Contents
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Generate the main table of contents with custom formatting
|
||||
% The blenderfont provides a consistent typographic style
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\offsetA}{\vspace{-5.5em}}
|
||||
\newcommand{\offsetB}{\vspace{-1em}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
{
|
||||
% Remove title
|
||||
\let\oldcontentsname\contentsname
|
||||
\renewcommand{\contentsname}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Formatting
|
||||
\blenderfont
|
||||
\chapter*{\oldcontentsname}
|
||||
% Configure TOC page breaking to keep chapters with their sections
|
||||
% Set penalties to keep related entries together
|
||||
\begingroup
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=500 % Discourage breaks within entries
|
||||
\widowpenalty=10000 % Prevent orphaned lines
|
||||
\clubpenalty=10000 % Prevent widowed lines
|
||||
\brokenpenalty=10000 % Penalty for hyphenated breaks
|
||||
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
% Add hook to keep short chapters together on same page
|
||||
\pretocmd{\l@chapter}{%
|
||||
\needspace{10\baselineskip} % Ensure space for chapter + sections
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]% % Strongly discourage break after chapter
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add vertical spacing before chapters in TOC
|
||||
%\pretocmd{\l@chapter}{%
|
||||
% \vspace{1.5em plus 0.5em minus 0.2em}% Add space before chapters
|
||||
%}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Keep sections with their chapter
|
||||
\pretocmd{\l@section}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]% % Discourage break before first sections
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
|
||||
\offsetA\offsetB
|
||||
\tableofcontents
|
||||
\endgroup
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add vertical fill to push subsequent content down
|
||||
\vspace{\fill}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Lists of Figures, Tables, Listings, and Equations
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Generate all lists on a single page with compact spacing
|
||||
% The lists will only show entries if they exist
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
{
|
||||
% Remove titles
|
||||
\let\oldlistfigurename\listfigurename
|
||||
\let\oldlisttablename\listtablename
|
||||
\let\oldlstlistlistingname\lstlistlistingname
|
||||
\let\oldlistequationsname\listequationsname
|
||||
\renewcommand{\listfigurename}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\listtablename}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\lstlistlistingname}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\listequationsname}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Formatting
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\blenderfont
|
||||
|
||||
% List of Figures
|
||||
\chapter*{\oldlistfigurename}
|
||||
\offsetA\offsetB
|
||||
\listoffigures
|
||||
|
||||
% List of Tables
|
||||
\vspace{1em}
|
||||
\chapter*{\oldlisttablename}
|
||||
\offsetA\offsetB
|
||||
\listoftables
|
||||
|
||||
% List of Listings
|
||||
\vspace{1em}
|
||||
\chapter*{\oldlstlistlistingname}
|
||||
\offsetB
|
||||
\lstlistoflistings
|
||||
|
||||
% List of Equations
|
||||
\vspace{1em}
|
||||
\chapter*{\oldlistequationsname}
|
||||
\offsetA\offsetB
|
||||
\listofmyequations
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Glossary Section
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Generate glossary and list of acronyms
|
||||
% Two separate glossaries are printed:
|
||||
% 1. Main glossary with technical terms
|
||||
% 2. Acronym list with abbreviations
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
{
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\blenderfont
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Main Glossary ---
|
||||
% Print main glossary with German header "Wort"
|
||||
{
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Wort}
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
\vspace*{-2.25em}
|
||||
\printglossary
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Acronym List ---
|
||||
% Print acronym glossary with German header "Abkürzung"
|
||||
{
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Abkürzung}
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
\vspace*{-2.25em}
|
||||
\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Break pages for following chapters
|
||||
\AddToHook{cmd/chapter/before}{\clearpage}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Table of Contents and Lists
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== TOC =====
|
||||
{
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\blenderfont
|
||||
\vspace*{-5.5em}
|
||||
\tableofcontents
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\vspace{\fill}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== List of Figures ====
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
{
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\blenderfont
|
||||
\vspace*{-6em}
|
||||
\listoffigures
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== List of Tables ====
|
||||
{
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\blenderfont
|
||||
\listoftables
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Glossary =====
|
||||
{
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\blenderfont
|
||||
{
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Wort}
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\vspace*{-2.25em}
|
||||
\printglossary
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Abkürzung}
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\vspace*{-2.25em}
|
||||
\printglossary[type=\acronymtype]
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,61 +1,85 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Document Content Loader
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: This file serves as the main content loader for all chapters.
|
||||
% Chapters are included via \input commands in the designated area.
|
||||
% The marked section is automatically managed by chapter scripts.
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% === TexCount-Definitions ===
|
||||
% (Ignore Headings)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% TexCount Settings – For word count
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Ignore Headings:
|
||||
%TC:macro \chapter [ignore]
|
||||
%TC:macro \section [ignore]
|
||||
%TC:macro \subsection [ignore]
|
||||
%TC:macro \subsubsection [ignore]
|
||||
%TC:macro \includesvg [ignore]
|
||||
% (Ignore Figures and Tables)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Ignore Figures and Tables:
|
||||
%TC:envir figure [ignore] ignore
|
||||
%TC:envir table [ignore] ignore
|
||||
%TC:envir equation [ignore] ignore
|
||||
%TC:envir align [ignore] ignore
|
||||
%TC:envir alignat [ignore] ignore
|
||||
%TC:envir lstlisting [ignore] ignore
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% === Content ===
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Chapter Loading Instructions
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% To add chapters manually:
|
||||
% 1. Create a new .tex file in Content/Chapters/
|
||||
% 2. Add \input{Content/Chapters/filename} in the marked area below
|
||||
%
|
||||
% To use automatic chapter management:
|
||||
% - Use ./scripts/create_chapter.sh to create new chapters
|
||||
% - Use ./scripts/list_chapters.sh to view all chapters
|
||||
% - Use ./scripts/delete_chapter.sh to remove chapters
|
||||
%
|
||||
% The scripts will automatically update this file's chapter list.
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% BEGIN CHAPTER INCLUDES (Auto-managed Section)
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% WARNING: Do not manually edit between the BEGIN and END markers if using
|
||||
% the chapter management scripts. Manual edits will be preserved,
|
||||
% but may interfere with automatic management.
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% Ensure content starts on a new page
|
||||
\clearpage
|
||||
|
||||
% --- CHAPTER LIST START --- (Do not remove this marker)
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/01_einleitung}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/02_evidenz}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/03_praktikabilitaet}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/04_fazit}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/02_gliederung}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/03_seitenformatierung}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/04_formatierung_abschnitte}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/05_zeichenformate}
|
||||
\input{Content/Chapters/06_template_demo}
|
||||
% --- CHAPTER LIST END --- (Do not remove this marker)
|
||||
|
||||
%TC:ignore
|
||||
\iffalse
|
||||
\chapter{First Chapter}
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% END CHAPTER INCLUDES
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
Das \gls{abstract} beschreibt in wenigen Sätzen die Zielsetzung und das Ergebnis der Ausarbeitung. Das Abstract muss sich vollständig auf der Titelseite befinden. Die Zeichensatzformatierung wird in einem eigenen Absatz beschrieben Das Abstract soll es den Lesern:innen ermöglichen, innerhalb von wenigen Augenblicken zu erfassen, welcher Inhalt hinter der Überschrift steckt und ob das Thema, aus Sicht der Leser:innen, zur weiteren Bearbeitung lohnt. Das Abstract ist keine verbale Beschreibung des Inhaltsverzeichnisses, sondern gibt kurz und knapp z.B. die Zielsetzung (z.B. Hypothese), die eingesetzten Methoden und die erzielten Ergebnisse / Erkenntnisse bekannt. Weitere Hinweise finden Sie außerdem im Vorlesungsskript.
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Additional Content (Optional)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Any content that should appear after all chapters but before the bibliography
|
||||
% can be added here. For example, appendices or supplementary material.
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Beispielverweis auf Quelle \cite{ahrensAbschlussarbeiten}.
|
||||
% Uncomment to add appendices:
|
||||
% \appendix
|
||||
% \input{Content/Chapters/appendix_a}
|
||||
% \input{Content/Chapters/appendix_b}
|
||||
|
||||
Test-Acronym: \acrshort{gcd}.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{First Section}
|
||||
|
||||
% Beispieltabelle
|
||||
\begin{table}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
Spalte 1 & Spalte 2 \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
Inhalt 1 & Inhalt 2 \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\caption{Beispiel-Tabelle}
|
||||
\label{tab:example}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Second Chapter}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Another Section}
|
||||
|
||||
% Beispielabbildung
|
||||
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\includegraphics[width=0.5\textwidth]{HSRTReport/Assets/Images/METI.png}
|
||||
\caption{MeTI-Logo}
|
||||
\label{fig:meti}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
% Alles hier wird von TexCount ignoriert.
|
||||
%TC:endignore
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Content Loader
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
\newpage
|
||||
\printbibliography
|
||||
91
Content/99_bibliography.tex
Normal file
91
Content/99_bibliography.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Bibliography and References
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: This file handles the bibliography generation and formatting.
|
||||
% It uses BibLaTeX with Biber backend for advanced citation
|
||||
% management and formatting capabilities.
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Bibliography Chapter
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Create a new chapter for the bibliography
|
||||
% This appears in the table of contents as "Literaturverzeichnis"
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\clearpage
|
||||
\chapter{Literaturverzeichnis}
|
||||
\label{chap:bibliography}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Bibliography Generation
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Print the bibliography using BibLaTeX
|
||||
% The bibliography style and sorting are configured in the document class
|
||||
% All entries from Main.bib that are cited in the document will appear here
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\printbibliography[
|
||||
heading=none, % Suppress automatic heading (we use \chapter above)
|
||||
title={} % Empty title since we already have the chapter title
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Bibliography Notes
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% The bibliography is automatically formatted according to the citation style
|
||||
% configured in the HSRTReport class. Common citation commands include:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \cite{key} - Standard citation
|
||||
% \textcite{key} - Author name in text with year in parentheses
|
||||
% \parencite{key} - Full citation in parentheses
|
||||
% \footcite{key} - Citation in footnote
|
||||
% \citeauthor{key} - Only author name
|
||||
% \citeyear{key} - Only year
|
||||
% \citep{key} - Compatibility alias for \parencite
|
||||
% \citet{key} - Compatibility alias for \textcite
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Multiple citations: \cite{key1,key2,key3}
|
||||
% Page references: \cite[p.~15]{key}
|
||||
% Chapter references: \cite[Chapter~3]{key}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Optional: Separate Bibliography Sections
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% If you need to separate the bibliography into sections (e.g., primary and
|
||||
% secondary sources), you can use the following approach:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \printbibheading[title={Primary Sources}]
|
||||
% \printbibliography[
|
||||
% heading=none,
|
||||
% keyword=primary
|
||||
% ]
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \printbibheading[title={Secondary Sources}]
|
||||
% \printbibliography[
|
||||
% heading=none,
|
||||
% keyword=secondary
|
||||
% ]
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Note: This requires adding keywords to your .bib entries
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Optional: Bibliography by Chapter
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% For longer documents, you might want to include bibliographies at the end
|
||||
% of each chapter. This can be achieved using:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \printbibliography[
|
||||
% heading=subbibliography,
|
||||
% segment=\therefsegment
|
||||
% ]
|
||||
%
|
||||
% This requires additional configuration in the preamble
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Bibliography
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
@ -1,51 +1,21 @@
|
||||
%!TEX root = ../../main.tex
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% CHAPTER 1: EINLEITUNG
|
||||
% Kapitel 1: Einleitung
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Einleitung zur Formatierung der Seminararbeit
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Einleitung}
|
||||
\label{chap:einleitung}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATURVORSCHLÄGE FÜR KAPITEL:
|
||||
% - Spektrum.de (2015): "Transkranielle Hirnstimulation als Therapie" [allgemeiner Überblick]
|
||||
% - Cohen Kadosh (2015): "Enhancement of human cognitive performance using TMS" [Enhancement Kontext]
|
||||
% - Violante et al. (2024): "Can neurotechnology revolutionize cognitive enhancement?" [kritische Perspektive]
|
||||
% - DARPA context [militärische/praktische Anwendungen]
|
||||
Das hier vorliegende Dokument soll als Vorlage für die Gestaltung der im Seminarkurs \emph{Ausgewählte Themen der Medizinisch-Technischen Informatik} erstellten schriftlichen Ausarbeitungen dienen.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Kontext und Relevanz}
|
||||
\label{sec:kontext}
|
||||
Es ist zu beachten, dass das Formatieren des Textes als einer der letzten Schritte der Ausarbeitung durchgeführt wird, da dieser Schritt erfahrungsgemäß viel Zeit in Anspruch nimmt und daher nur einmalig ausgeführt werden sollte.
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsection 1.1.1: Globale Herausforderung Bildungssystem
|
||||
% \subsection{Globale Herausforderungen im Bildungssystem}
|
||||
% \label{subsec:globale_herausforderungen}
|
||||
% - Leistungsanforderungen
|
||||
% - Wettbewerb (Schulen, Universitäten, Sport)
|
||||
% - Individuelle Unterschiede im Lernen
|
||||
% - Alternatives zu Pharmakas?
|
||||
Der vorliegende Entwurf wurde mit \LaTeX{} unter Verwendung der HSRTReport-Dokumentklasse erstellt, welche auf der KOMA-Script-Klasse \texttt{scrreprt} basiert. Diese Vorlage bietet eine professionelle und konsistente Formatierung für wissenschaftliche Arbeiten.
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsection 1.1.2: Neurotechnologie als Lösungsansatz
|
||||
% \subsection{Neurotechnologie als Lösungsansatz}
|
||||
% \label{subsec:neurotechnologie}
|
||||
% - Nicht-invasive Techniken
|
||||
% - Neuroplastizität als Basis
|
||||
% - Trendindustrie (Home-based, Consumer-Geräte)
|
||||
% - Unterschied zu anderen Enhancements (Koffein, Modafinil)
|
||||
Alle in diesem Dokument enthaltenen Hinweise zur Gestaltung des Dokumentes dienen als Referenz für die korrekte Verwendung des Templates. Die Vorlage selbst übernimmt bereits die meisten Formatierungsanforderungen automatisch.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Forschungsfrage und Struktur}
|
||||
\label{sec:forschungsfrage}
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsection 1.2.1: Zentrale Forschungsfrage
|
||||
% \subsection{Zentrale Forschungsfrage}
|
||||
% \label{subsec:zentrale_frage}
|
||||
% Formulierung der Forschungsfrage
|
||||
% Untergeordnete Fragen:
|
||||
% 1. Wissenschaftliche Evidenz für Enhancement?
|
||||
% 2. Praktische Machbarkeit?
|
||||
% 3. Ethische Vertretbarkeit?
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsection 1.2.2: Definitionen und Abgrenzungen
|
||||
% \subsection{Definitionen und Abgrenzungen}
|
||||
% \label{subsec:definitionen}
|
||||
% - Was ist transkranielle Hirnstimulation?
|
||||
% - Enhancement vs. Therapie
|
||||
% - Bildungs- vs. Trainingskontexte (unterschiedliche Populationen)
|
||||
% - Fokus auf non-invasive Verfahren (tDCS, tACS, TMS)
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Kapitel 1
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%!TEX root = ../../main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% CHAPTER 2: WISSENSCHAFTLICHE EVIDENZ
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\chapter{Wissenschaftliche Evidenz für Enhancement durch Hirnstimulation}
|
||||
\label{chap:evidenz}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATURVORSCHLÄGE FÜR KAPITEL:
|
||||
% - Simonsmeier et al. (2018): "Electrical brain stimulation improves learning" [Meta-Analyse]
|
||||
% - Reis et al. (2009): "Noninvasive cortical stimulation enhances motor skill acquisition" [motorisch, 1700+ Zit.]
|
||||
% - Akkad et al. (2021): "Increasing human motor skill acquisition by driving theta-gamma" [innovative Studie]
|
||||
% - Cavaleiro et al. (2020): "Memory and Cognition-Related Neuroplasticity" [Mechanismen]
|
||||
% - Frontiers meta-analysis (2024): TMS effects on cognition
|
||||
% - Vergallito et al. (2022): "Inter-Individual Variability in tDCS Effects" [Variabilität, 154 Zit.]
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Neurobiologische Wirkmechanismen}
|
||||
\label{sec:wirkmechanismen}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Cavaleiro 2020, Woods 2016 technical guide, Niksche & Paulus reviews
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Grundprinzipien der transkraniellen Hirnstimulation}
|
||||
% \label{subsec:grundprinzipien}
|
||||
% - Elektromagnetische Induktion
|
||||
% - Modulation kortikaler Erregbarkeit
|
||||
% - Unterschiede tDCS (konstant), tACS (oszillatorisch), TMS (magnetisch)
|
||||
% - Relevante Hirnregionen (DLPFC, M1, parietal cortex)
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.1.1: tDCS Mechanismus
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Transkranielle Gleichstromstimulation (tDCS)}
|
||||
% \label{subsubsec:tdcs_mech}
|
||||
% - Anodale vs. kathodale Stimulation
|
||||
% - Membranpotenzial-Verschiebung
|
||||
% - Stromfluss und elektrische Feldverteilung
|
||||
% - Parameter: Intensität (1-2 mA), Dauer (20-30 min), Elektroden-Montage
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.1.2: tACS Mechanismus
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Transkranielle Wechselstromstimulation (tACS)}
|
||||
% \label{subsubsec:tacs_mech}
|
||||
% - Frequenzabhängige Modulation
|
||||
% - Entrainment neuronaler Oszillationen
|
||||
% - Theta (4-8 Hz), Gamma (40 Hz), andere Bänder
|
||||
% - Theta-Gamma-Kopplung für Gedächtnis/Lernen
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.1.3: TMS/rTMS Mechanismus
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Transkranielle Magnetstimulation (TMS/rTMS)}
|
||||
% \label{subsubsec:tms_mech}
|
||||
% - Faradaysche Induktion
|
||||
% - Aktionspotenziale in kortikalen Neuronen
|
||||
% - High-frequency (>5 Hz) exzitatorisch, Low-frequency (<1 Hz) inhibitorisch
|
||||
% - iTBS vs. cTBS Protokolle
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Zelluläre und molekulare Plastizitätsmechanismen}
|
||||
% \label{subsec:plastizität}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Cavaleiro 2020, Frontiers molecular neuroscience 2020, Esser 2006
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.2.1: Long-Term Potentiation (LTP)
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Langzeitpotenzierung und -depression}
|
||||
% \label{subsubsec:ltp_ltd}
|
||||
% - LTP als synaptische Verstärkung
|
||||
% - LTD als synaptische Abschwächung
|
||||
% - iTBS induziert LTP-ähnliche Effekte
|
||||
% - cTBS induziert LTD-ähnliche Effekte
|
||||
% - Messung: MEP (Motor Evoked Potentials)
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.2.2: Neurotrophische Faktoren
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Neurotrophische Faktoren und Genexpression}
|
||||
% \label{subsubsec:neurotrophisch}
|
||||
% - BDNF (Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor)
|
||||
% - c-fos, zif268 (immediate early genes)
|
||||
% - NMDA-Rezeptoren
|
||||
% - Hochregulation durch Stimulation (besonders iTBS)
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.2.3: Transmitter-Modulation
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Neurotransmitter-Modulation}
|
||||
% \label{subsubsec:transmitter}
|
||||
% - GABAerge und glutamaterge Systeme
|
||||
% - Dopamin und Lernverhalten (Reward-based Learning)
|
||||
% - Monoamine (Serotonin, Noradrenalin)
|
||||
% - Inter-individuelle Variabilität durch Transmitter-Polymorphismen
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Zeitliche Aspekte: Phasen des Lernens}
|
||||
% \label{subsec:zeitliche_aspekte}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Reis 2009, Debarnot 2019, Zimerman 2013
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.3.1: Enkodierung und Online-Lernen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Enkodierung und Online-Lernen}
|
||||
% \label{subsubsec:enkodierung}
|
||||
% - Effekte während aktiver Aufgabe
|
||||
% - Stimulation während Trainingsphase
|
||||
% - Hemmt oder fördert Online-Lernen je nach Timing/Polarität
|
||||
% - Studien: [Refs: Reis 2009 - motorisch, Stagg 2011]
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.1.3.2: Konsolidierung und Offline-Effekte
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Konsolidierung und Offline-Effekte}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:konsolidierung}
|
||||
% - Verstärkung zwischen Trainings-Sessions
|
||||
% - Sleep-dependent consolidation
|
||||
% - tDCS während Tiefschlaf: Slow Oscillations induzieren
|
||||
% - Externe Effekte: 1h, 24h, 1 Woche post-stimulation
|
||||
% - Studien: [Reis 2009, Marshall & Born 2007]
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Empirische Befunde nach kognitiver Domäne}
|
||||
\label{sec:befunde_domänen}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATURVORSCHLÄGE: Simonsmeier 2018, Reis 2009, Akkad 2021, Lopez-Alonso 2025
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Motorisches Lernen und Fertigkeitserwerb}
|
||||
\label{subsec:motorisch}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Reis 2009 (1700 Zit.), Akkad 2021, Maceira-Elvira 2024, Lopez-Alonso 2025
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.1.1: Anodales tDCS über M1
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Anodale tDCS über motorischem Kortex (M1)}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:motor_tdcs}
|
||||
% - Effekte auf Konsolidierung (nicht Online-Lernen)
|
||||
% - Protokoll: 2 mA, 20 min, posttraining
|
||||
% - Effektgrößen: Cohen's d = 0.5-1.0
|
||||
% - Persistenz: bis zu 24h
|
||||
% - Alter-abhängig: auch ältere Probanden profitieren
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.1.2: Theta-Gamma-tACS über M1/sensomotorischer Kortex
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Theta-Gamma-tACS für motorisches Lernen}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:motor_tacs}
|
||||
% - Innovative Frequenzkopplung
|
||||
% - Phase-Amplitude-Coupling (4-8 Hz Theta moduliert 40 Hz Gamma)
|
||||
% - Replikationsstudie [Akkad 2021]
|
||||
% - Effekte: Beschleunigung, Persistenz über 1h
|
||||
% - Mechanismus: Theta-Gamma relevant für hippokampales Lernen
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.1.3: Komplexe motorische Skills
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Komplexe motorische Skills (negative Befunde)}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:komplexe_motor}
|
||||
% - Golf-Putting Studie [Lopez-Alonso 2025]
|
||||
% - tDCS zeigte KEINE zusätzliche Verbesserung über Training
|
||||
% - Implikation: Einfache vs. komplexe Skills unterschiedlich
|
||||
% - Limitationen: Realwelt-Komplexität, Multi-Link Bewegungen
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Akademische Fähigkeiten (Mathematik, Sprache)}
|
||||
\label{subsec:akademisch}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Simonsmeier et al. 2018 (133 Zit., Meta-Analyse), Cohen Kadosh Arbeiten, Sarkar 2014
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.2.1: Timing der Stimulation
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Timing: Stimulation während Lernphase vs. Test}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:timing_learning}
|
||||
% - Simonsmeier Meta-Analyse [2018]: Stimulation während Lernen > während Test
|
||||
% - Mechanismus: LTP-Induktion während aktiver Verarbeitung
|
||||
% - Effektgrößen: SMD = 0.3-0.7 für akademische Fähigkeiten
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.2.2: Mathematische Kompetenzen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Mathematische Fähigkeiten}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:mathe}
|
||||
% - tRNS (Random Noise) über "Mathezentrum" (DLPFC/IPS)
|
||||
% - Schmerzfreie Alternative zu tDCS
|
||||
% - Verbesserung Reaktionszeit + Genauigkeit
|
||||
% - [Cohen Kadosh Arbeiten, erwähnt in Spektrum.de]
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.2.3: Sprachfähigkeiten
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Sprachfähigkeiten}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:sprache}
|
||||
% - Weniger Forschung als Mathematik
|
||||
% - tDCS über Sprach-Arealen (Broca, Wernicke)
|
||||
% - Stimulation während Vokabel-Lernen
|
||||
% - Effektgrößen: moderate bis klein
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Arbeitsgedächtnis und exekutive Funktionen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:workingmem}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Hoy et al. 2016, Senkowski & Sobirey 2022, Imburgio & Orr 2018
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.3.1: tDCS vs. tACS Vergleich
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Vergleich tDCS vs. tACS auf Arbeitsgedächtnis}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:tdcs_vs_tacs}
|
||||
% - Systematische Review [Senkowski 2022]: 43 Studien, 1826 Teilnehmer
|
||||
% - Single-Session tDCS: kaum signifikant
|
||||
% - Multi-Session tDCS: moderate Effekte (SMD ~0.3)
|
||||
% - tACS (v.a. Gamma): robustere Effekte (SMD ~0.4-0.6)
|
||||
% - Frequenz-Abhängigkeit: Gamma (40 Hz) > andere
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.3.2: iTBS auf DLPFC
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Intermittierende Theta-Burst-Stimulation (iTBS) auf DLPFC}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:itbs_dlpfc}
|
||||
% - Hoy et al. (2016): iTBS > tDCS auf 3-back Working Memory Task
|
||||
% - Theta & Gamma Synchronisation erhöht
|
||||
% - Effektgrößen größer als tDCS
|
||||
% - Schnellere Behandlung (10min statt 20min)
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.3.3: Exekutive Funktionen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Exekutive Funktionen (Inhibition, Flexibilität)}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:exek_funkt}
|
||||
% - tDCS Effekte: limitiert auf Refresh (WM)
|
||||
% - Inhibition: kleine bis keine Effekte [Imburgio & Orr 2018]
|
||||
% - Kognitive Flexibilität: wenig untersucht
|
||||
% - Kontext-abhängigkeit der Effekte
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Praktische Anwendungen in der Realwelt}
|
||||
\label{subsec:realwelt_apps}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Clark et al. 2012, Lopez-Alonso 2025, Violante 2024
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.4.1: Threat-Detection-Training (Militär)
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Threat-Detection-Training}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:threat_detection}
|
||||
% - Clark et al. (2012): Virtual Reality + tDCS
|
||||
% - 96 Probanden, Erkennung versteckter Objekte
|
||||
% - Signifikante Verbesserung + Trainingstransfer
|
||||
% - DARPA finanzierte Forschung
|
||||
% - Praktische Implikation: funktioniert in komplexer Umgebung
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.2.4.2: Negative Befunde und Realwelt-Limitationen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Negative Befunde und Realwelt-Limitationen}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:negative_realwelt}
|
||||
% - Lopez-Alonso (2025): Golf-Putting keine zusätzliche Verbesserung
|
||||
% - Violante et al. (2024): "modest evidence" für Neuro-Enhancement
|
||||
% - Komplexe Skills brauchen Integration verschiedener Systeme
|
||||
% - Transfer-Problem: Lab ≠ Realwelt
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Kritische Limitationen der Evidenz}
|
||||
\label{sec:limitationen}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATURVORSCHLÄGE: Vergallito 2022, Chew 2015, Maceira-Elvira 2024, Violante 2024
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Inter-individuelle Variabilität in Stimulationsresponse}
|
||||
\label{subsec:variabilität}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Vergallito et al. 2022 (154 Zit.), Chew et al. 2015 (317 Zit.), Filmer et al. 2014
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.1.1: Anatomische Unterschiede
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Anatomische Unterschiede}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:anat_diff}
|
||||
% - Kortikale Gyrierung (Gyri/Sulci Patterns)
|
||||
% - Kortexdicke in spezifischen Regionen
|
||||
% - Faserverbindungen zwischen Regionen
|
||||
% - Vorhersage: Dicke in mittlerem Stirnfurchen prädiziert tDCS-Response [Filmer]
|
||||
% - Modellierung: FEM (Finite-Elemente) kann Feldverteilung individualisieren
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.1.2: Genetische und biochemische Faktoren
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Genetische und biochemische Faktoren}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:genetik}
|
||||
% - BDNF val66met Polymorphismus
|
||||
% - Transmitter-Polymorphismen (COMT, DAT)
|
||||
% - Baseline-GABA/Glutamat Ratio
|
||||
% - Limitierte Forschung, aber vielversprechend für Personalisierung
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.1.3: Funktionelle Baseline-Unterschiede
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Funktionelle Baseline-Unterschiede}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:baseline_func}
|
||||
% - Resting-State Konnektivität
|
||||
% - Theta-Power im Frontallappen (prädiziert rTMS-Response bei Depression)
|
||||
% - Baseline-Leistung auf kognitiver Aufgabe
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Baseline-Leistung und Lerner-Typ}
|
||||
\label{subsec:baseline_leistung}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Maceira-Elvira 2024, Sarkar 2014
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.2.1: Wer profitiert am meisten?
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Baseline-abhängige Responsiveness}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:baseline_response}
|
||||
% - Maceira-Elvira (2024): "Native learning ability, not age, determines response"
|
||||
% - Personen mit niedrigen Ausgangsfähigkeiten profitieren MEHR
|
||||
% - Hochleister: KEINE zusätzliche Verbesserung durch tDCS
|
||||
% - Implikation: Enhancement-Effekt abhängig vom Starting Point
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.2.2: Math-Anxiety Beispiel
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Kontext-abhängige Effekte: Math-Anxiety}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:math_anxiety}
|
||||
% - Sarkar et al. (2014): tDCS hilft bei Mathe-Angst
|
||||
% - Verbesserung Reaktionszeit + reduziertes Cortisol
|
||||
% - Aber: Bei Nicht-Angst-Personen verschlechtert sich Leistung!
|
||||
% - Implikation: Effekte nicht universal, stark kontext-abhängig
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Nur 39-45\% sind Responder}
|
||||
\label{subsec:responder_rate}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Vergallito 2022, Chew 2015, Filmer 2014
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.3.1: Empirische Evidenz
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Responder vs. Non-Responder Phänomenologie}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:responder_phenom}
|
||||
% - Vergallito (2022): Nur 39-45% zeigen erwartete Effekte
|
||||
% - Cluster-Analysen zeigen bimodale Verteilungen
|
||||
% - Chew (2015): Intra-individual Variability ICC = -0.50 (negligible!)
|
||||
% - Problem: Nicht zuverlässig vorhersagbar mit Current Protocols
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.3.2: Implikationen für praktische Anwendung
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Implikationen für praktische Anwendung}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:responder_impl}
|
||||
% - Screening notwendig zur Identification von Respondern
|
||||
% - Adaptives Protokoll-Adjustments
|
||||
% - Oder: Personalisierung VOR Behandlung (individuelles FEM-Modell, fMRI)
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Transferdefizite und Aufgabenspezifität}
|
||||
\label{subsec:transfer}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Violante 2024, Lopez-Alonso 2025
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.4.1: Begrenzte Generalisierbarkeit
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Begrenzte Generalisierbarkeit der Effekte}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:generalisierbar}
|
||||
% - Effekte meist aufgabenspezifisch
|
||||
% - Transfer zu anderen Aufgaben limitiert
|
||||
% - Transfer zu anderen Domänen: unklar
|
||||
% - Implikation: Nicht "allgemeine Intelligenz-Verbesserung"
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.4.2: Realwelt-Transfer
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Transfer von Lab zu Realwelt}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:lab_realwelt}
|
||||
% - Threat-Detection erfolgreich [Clark 2012]
|
||||
% - Golf-Putting KEIN Transfer [Lopez-Alonso 2025]
|
||||
% - Komplexität des Realwelt-Skills kritisch
|
||||
% - Context-Dependence der Stimulation-Effekte
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Fehlende Langzeitstudien und Persistenz}
|
||||
\label{subsec:langzeit}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Brühl 2019, Woodham 2024 (nur 10 Wochen), Violante 2024
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.5.1: Kurzfristige vs. Langfristige Effekte
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Persistenz von Effekten}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:persistenz}
|
||||
% - Kurzfristig: Gut dokumentiert (bis 24h post-stimulation)
|
||||
% - Mittelfristig (1-4 Wochen): Noch nicht vollständig untersucht
|
||||
% - Langfristig (Monate/Jahre): Kaum Daten
|
||||
% - Frage: Was passiert nach Beendigung der Stimulation?
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 2.3.5.2: Lifetime Safety bei Gesunden
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Lifetime Safety bei wiederholter Anwendung bei Gesunden}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:lifetime_safety}
|
||||
% - Kurzfristige Nebenwirkungen: gut dokumentiert, mild
|
||||
% - Langfristige Effekte unbekannt [Brühl 2019]
|
||||
% - Besondere Bedenken: Hirnentwicklung (<25 Jahre)
|
||||
% - Frage: Könnte wiederholte Stimulation Neuroplastizität negativ beeinflussen?
|
||||
% - Forschungsbedarf: Prospektive Langzeitstudien
|
||||
119
Content/Chapters/02_gliederung.tex
Normal file
119
Content/Chapters/02_gliederung.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Kapitel 2: Gliederung des Textes
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Anforderungen an die Gliederung der Seminararbeit
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Gliederung des Textes}
|
||||
\label{chap:gliederung}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Gliederung einer wissenschaftlichen Arbeit folgt etablierten Standards, wie sie in der Fachliteratur beschrieben werden \parencite{ahrens2014,theisen2013}. Nach jedem der nachfolgend genannten Abschnitte muss mit einer neuen Seite begonnen werden. Die Ausarbeitung muss die nachfolgend gegebene Gliederung aufweisen (Hauptüberschriften).
|
||||
|
||||
Die als Liste angegebenen Stichpunkte beschreiben, welche Inhalte in den Abschnitten behandelt werden sollten \parencite{brunner2015}. Diese Stichpunkte sind, mit Ausnahme des Abschnitts „Verzeichnisse", nicht zwingend als Unterüberschriften vorgegeben, können aber in gleicher oder ähnlicher Form verwendet werden, sofern dies sinnvoll erscheint. Achten Sie hierbei insbesondere darauf, dass ein mit einer Überschrift versehener Textblock nicht nur aus einem oder wenigen Sätzen bestehen darf \parencite{wagner2007}.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Erforderliche Gliederung}
|
||||
\label{sec:erforderliche_gliederung}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Seminararbeit muss folgende Struktur aufweisen:
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Titelseite mit Abstract}
|
||||
\label{subsec:titelseite}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Titelseite enthält alle wesentlichen Informationen zur Arbeit sowie das Abstract und die Keywords.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Verzeichnisse}
|
||||
\label{subsec:verzeichnisse}
|
||||
|
||||
Folgende Verzeichnisse sind zu erstellen:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Inhaltsverzeichnis
|
||||
\item Abbildungsverzeichnis
|
||||
\item Tabellenverzeichnis
|
||||
\item Formelverzeichnis
|
||||
\item Abkürzungsverzeichnis
|
||||
\item Glossar
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Einleitung}
|
||||
\label{subsec:einleitung_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Einleitung sollte folgende Punkte behandeln \parencite{reiter2011,theisen2013}:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Beschreibung des Problems und der Forschungsaufgabe
|
||||
\item Verdeutlichung der Relevanz für Wissenschaft und Gesellschaft
|
||||
\item Hypothese
|
||||
\item Definition der Leitfragen
|
||||
\item Stand der Wissenschaft/Technik
|
||||
\item Vorgehensweise zur Verifikation der Hypothese
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Methoden}
|
||||
\label{subsec:methoden_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Methodenteil umfasst:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Beschreibung der Umsetzung der Vorgehensweise zur Erzielung der gesuchten Ergebnisse (z.\,B. Aufbau der Messtechnik und Ablauf der Experimente, Beschreibung der Arbeitsinstrumente und Werkzeuge, Beschreibung der Lösungsprozesse oder Vorgehensweise bei der Literaturrecherche/Selektionskriterien)
|
||||
\item Methoden müssen so beschrieben sein, dass andere Personen das Verfahren nachvollziehen/reproduzieren können
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Ergebnisse}
|
||||
\label{subsec:ergebnisse_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Im Ergebnisteil erfolgt:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Darstellung der über die Untersuchungsmethoden erzielten Ergebnisse (objektive Darstellung)
|
||||
\item Stellungnahme zur Verifikation der Hypothese durch Beantwortung der Leitfragen
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Diskussion}
|
||||
\label{subsec:diskussion_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Diskussion beinhaltet:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Interpretation der Ergebnisse (was lässt sich aus den Daten folgern -- subjektive Beurteilung/persönliche Meinung)
|
||||
\item Vergleich der Ergebnisse mit den bisher bekannten Daten (Bewertung der Ergebnisse aus der Literatur: gibt es Übereinstimmung oder Widersprüche; wie lassen sich mögliche Widersprüche erklären?)
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Zusammenfassung}
|
||||
\label{subsec:zusammenfassung_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Zusammenfassung enthält:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Kurze Beschreibung der Fragestellung und der Ergebnisse
|
||||
\item Ausblick und Empfehlungen
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Literaturverzeichnis}
|
||||
\label{subsec:literatur_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Literaturverzeichnis listet alle verwendeten Quellen auf.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Danksagungen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:danksagungen_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Optional können Danksagungen eingefügt werden:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Benennung der Sponsoren
|
||||
\item Nennung der Hilfspersonen und deren Aufgabengebiet
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Eidesstattliche Erklärung}
|
||||
\label{subsec:erklaerung_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Die eidesstattliche Erklärung muss unterschrieben werden (z.\,B. durch die Verwendung der PDF-Unterschriftsfunktion im Acrobat Reader).
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Anhang}
|
||||
\label{subsec:anhang_struktur}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Anhang kann enthalten:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Arbeitshypothese
|
||||
\item Leitfragen mit Validierung
|
||||
\item Projektplan (Gantt-Diagramm)
|
||||
\item Verbesserungsvorschläge (nur in Version 2)
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Kapitel 2
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%!TEX root = ../../main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% CHAPTER 3: PRAKTIKABILITÄT
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\chapter{Praktikabilität in Bildungs- und Trainingskontexten}
|
||||
\label{chap:praktikabilität}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATURVORSCHLÄGE FÜR KAPITEL:
|
||||
% - Cappon et al. (2023): "Home-based tES training program" [Machbarkeit, 10 Zit.]
|
||||
% - Woodham et al. (2024): "Home-based tDCS in MDD" [Nature Medicine, 62 Zit., praktisches Modell]
|
||||
% - Woods et al. (2015/2016): "Technical guide to tDCS" [Standardwerk, 1700+ Zit.]
|
||||
% - Thair et al. (2017): "Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation (tDCS)" [Praktische Details]
|
||||
% - Caulfield et al. (2022): "Optimized electrode positions" [Technische Optimierung]
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Technische Aspekte und Durchführbarkeit}
|
||||
\label{sec:tech_durchführbarkeit}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Woods 2015/2016, Thair 2017, Caulfield 2022
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Kosteneffizienz und ökonomische Zugänglichkeit}
|
||||
\label{subsec:kosten}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: neurocare academy, Woodham 2024, Cappon 2023
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.1.1: Gerätekosten
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Gerätekosten und Verfügbarkeit}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:gerätekosten}
|
||||
% - tDCS Consumer-Geräte: $200-500
|
||||
% - rTMS klinische Geräte: $10,000-50,000
|
||||
% - tACS/tRNS: mittleres Preissegment
|
||||
% - Vergleich:
|
||||
% - Private Nachhilfe/Einzelunterricht: €30-60/h
|
||||
% - Elite-Trainingsprogramme: €1000+/Monat
|
||||
% - tDCS: ~€5-10 pro Sitzung (Amortisation)
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.1.2: Kostenvergleich zu Alternativen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Kostenvergleich zu alternativen Interventionen}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:kostenvergleich}
|
||||
% - Vs. Einzelunterricht: tDCS kostengünstiger bei Skalierung
|
||||
% - Vs. Medikamente (Modafinil, etc.): vergleichbar
|
||||
% - Vs. kognitive Trainings-Apps: tDCS höher initial, aber kombinierbar
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Heimbasierte und dezentrale Anwendung}
|
||||
\label{subsec:heimbasiert}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Cappon 2023 (10 Zit., Pilotprogramm), Woodham 2024 (Nature Med, 62 Zit., 174 Probanden)
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.2.1: Erfolgreiche Pilotprojekte
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Erfolgreiche Pilotprojekte mit Heimanwendung}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:pilotprojekte}
|
||||
% - Cappon et al. (2023): Home-based tES Trainings-Programm
|
||||
% - Laien-Administration nach Trainig
|
||||
% - Adhärenz: 98-100%
|
||||
% - Sicherheit demonstriert
|
||||
% - Downloadbare Materialien verfügbar
|
||||
% - Woodham et al. (2024, Nature Medicine): Home-based tDCS bei MDD
|
||||
% - 174 Teilnehmer, remote supervision
|
||||
% - 10 Wochen Protokoll
|
||||
% - Hohe Akzeptanz, gute Effektivität
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.2.2: Remote Supervision und Monitoring
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Remote Supervision und Monitoring}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:remote_supervision}
|
||||
% - Möglichkeit mit modernen Technologien
|
||||
% - Telemedizin-Modelle existieren
|
||||
% - Dokumentation via Apps/Cloud
|
||||
% - Sicherheit: Contact person im Notfall nötig
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.2.3: Skalierbarkeit für breite Populationen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Skalierbarkeit für breite Populationen}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:skalierbarkeit}
|
||||
% - Implication: Theoretisch skalierbar
|
||||
% - Unterschied:
|
||||
% - Élite-Training (kleine Gruppen, hohe Personalkosten): möglich
|
||||
% - Mainstream-Bildung (Millionen Schüler): logistisch schwierig
|
||||
% - Hybrid-Modell: vielversprechend (Schulungen + Home-Use)
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Sicherheit und Nebenwirkungsprofil}
|
||||
\label{subsec:sicherheit}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Woods 2016 (technischer Standard), Wassermann-Kriterien, McCambridge et al. Sicherheit-Reviews
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.3.1: Häufige milde Nebenwirkungen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Häufige und milde Nebenwirkungen}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:mild_nebenwirkungen}
|
||||
% - Kopfschmerzen: 10-20% (mit rezeptfreien Schmerzmitteln behandelbar)
|
||||
% - Kopfhaut-Irritation/Brennen: lokal, vorübergehend
|
||||
% - Muskelzuckungen (bei TMS): während Stimulation, gewöhnung nach wenigen Sessions
|
||||
% - Müdigkeit/Benommenheit: selten, vorübergehend (<1h)
|
||||
% - Übelkeit: sehr selten
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.3.2: Schwerwiegende Komplikationen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Schwerwiegende Komplikationen}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:severe_complications}
|
||||
% - Epileptische Anfälle: extrem selten (<0.1% bei compliance mit Wassermann-Kriterien)
|
||||
% - Keine bekannten Fälle permanenter Hirnschädigung
|
||||
% - Vergleich zu Medikamenten: günstiger Effekt-Nebenwirkung-Profile
|
||||
% - Kontraindikationen gut etabliert
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.1.3.3: Vergleich zu pharmakologischen Enhancern
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Vergleich zu pharmakologischen Enhancern}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:pharm_vs_stim}
|
||||
% - tDCS: keine systemischen Effekte (lokal wirksam)
|
||||
% - Modafinil/Amphetamine: systemische Nebeneffekte (kardiovaskular, GI, etc.)
|
||||
% - Koffein: Entzugssymptome, Toleranz
|
||||
% - Fazit: tDCS sicherere Alternative aus Nebenwirkungs-Perspektive
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Praktische Implementierungshürden}
|
||||
\label{sec:hürden}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATURVORSCHLÄGE: Vergallito 2022, Woods 2016, Meinzer 2024, Cappon 2023
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Personalisierung und Vorhersage von Responsiveness}
|
||||
\label{subsec:personalisierung}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Vergallito 2022, Meinzer 2024 (neuroimaging context), computational modeling papers
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.1.1: Das Problem: 60\% Non-Responder
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Das Problem der 60\% Non-Responder}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:nonresponder_problem}
|
||||
% - Vergallito (2022): Nur 39-45% zeigen erwartete Effekte
|
||||
% - Current Standardprotokolle: "One-Size-Fits-All" funktioniert nicht
|
||||
% - Screening nötig ODER Individualisierung VOR Behandlung
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.1.2: Anatomische Personalisierung
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Anatomische Personalisierung}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:anat_personalisierung}
|
||||
% - MRT-basierte Modelle: Individuelle Elektrodenplatzierung
|
||||
% - Finite-Elemente-Modelle (FEM): Stromfluss berechnen
|
||||
% - Toolboxen: SimNIBS, COMETS (MATLAB)
|
||||
% - Kosten/Nutzen: Trade-off zwischen Präzision und praktische Durchführbarkeit
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.1.3: Funktionelle und genetische Personalisierung
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Funktionelle und genetische Biomarker}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:biomarker_personal}
|
||||
% - Theta-Power im Frontallappen (prädiziert rTMS-Response)
|
||||
% - BDNF-Polymorphismen, COMT, DAT
|
||||
% - EEG-basierte adaptive Protokolle (Closed-Loop)
|
||||
% - Forschungsbedarf: Validierung dieser Biomarker
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Standardisierung und Schulung von Anwendern}
|
||||
\label{subsec:standardisierung}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Cappon 2023 (Trainings-Programm), neurocare academy, IFCN Guidelines
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.2.1: Notwendigkeit von Standardisierten Protokollen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Standardisierte Protokolle und Guidelines}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:standardisierte_protokolle}
|
||||
% - Unterschiede aktuelle Praxis: große Variabilität
|
||||
% - IFCN Guidelines (International Federation of Clinical Neurophysiology)
|
||||
% - Wassermann-Kriterien für Sicherheit
|
||||
% - Notwendig: Einigung auf "Best Practice" Protokolle
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.2.2: Trainingsmaterialien für nicht-medizinisches Personal
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Trainingsmaterialien für Laien}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:training_laien}
|
||||
% - Cappon (2023) hat Programm entwickelt: Video, Quizze, Checklisten
|
||||
% - Erfolgreiche Durchführbarkeit demonstriert
|
||||
% - Unterschied: Laien können Geräte anlegen, aber müssen medizinisch überwacht werden
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.2.3: Regulatorische Fragen zur Anwender-Qualifikation
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Regulatorische Fragen}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:regulatory_qual}
|
||||
% - Wer darf tDCS/TMS anwenden?
|
||||
% - Ärzte, Therapeuten, Trainer, Laien?
|
||||
% - Versicherungsdeckung, Haftung
|
||||
% - Zertifizierungspfade nötig
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Realistische Effektgrößen und Erwartungsmanagement}
|
||||
\label{subsec:effektgrößen}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Reis 2009, Akkad 2021, Simonsmeier 2018, Violante 2024
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.3.1: Evidenzbasierte Effektgrößen
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Empirische Effektgrößen aus Studien}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:empirisch_effekt}
|
||||
% - Motorisches Lernen: Beschleunigung ~10-30% [Reis 2009, Akkad 2021]
|
||||
% - Akademische Fähigkeiten: SMD = 0.3-0.7 [Simonsmeier 2018]
|
||||
% - Arbeitsgedächtnis (Multi-Session): SMD ~0.3-0.5
|
||||
% - NICHT: Keine "Wunder-Effekte"
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.3.2: Vergleich zu anderen Lerntechniken
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Benchmarking gegen etablierte Methoden}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:benchmarking}
|
||||
% - Spaced Repetition: SMD ~0.5-1.0
|
||||
% - Elaboration: SMD ~0.7
|
||||
% - tDCS: SMD ~0.3-0.7 (abhängig von Domäne)
|
||||
% - Fazit: Vergleichbar zu anderen Techniken, nicht überlegen
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.2.3.3: "Nicht-Ersatz für gutes Lehren"
|
||||
% \subsubsection{tDCS ersetzt nicht gutes Unterrichten}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:not_replacement}
|
||||
% - tDCS ist ZUSATZ zu optimiertem Unterricht
|
||||
% - Basissystem muss gut sein (sonst "garbage in, garbage out")
|
||||
% - Kombination wichtig: tDCS + guter Trainer/Lehrer + strukturiertes Programm
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Praktikabilitäts-Fazit: Realistisches Szenario}
|
||||
\label{sec:praktik_fazit}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATUR: Violante 2024 (kritikal), Cappon/Woodham für Machbarkeit
|
||||
|
||||
% \subsection{Machbarkeit nach Setting}
|
||||
\label{subsec:machbarkeit_setting}
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.3.1.1: Élite-Training und spezialisierte Kontexte
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Élite-Training (Sport, Musik, militärisch)}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:elite_training}
|
||||
% - Hochmotivierte Populationen, kleinere Gruppen
|
||||
% - Individuelle Betreuung möglich
|
||||
% - Kosteneffizienz ggf. gegeben
|
||||
% - Realistisch: 5-10 Jahre bis etablierte Praxis
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.3.1.2: Mainstream-Bildung (Schulen, Universitäten)
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Mainstream-Bildung}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:mainstream_bildung}
|
||||
% - Massive Skala (Millionen), Kostendruck
|
||||
% - Heterogene Populationen (nicht alle profitieren)
|
||||
% - Logistische Herausforderungen
|
||||
% - Realistisch: 15-25 Jahre oder später für breite Integration
|
||||
|
||||
% Subsubsection 3.3.1.3: Home-Use für individuelle Lerner
|
||||
% \subsubsection{Home-Use für Selbstoptimierung}
|
||||
\label{subsubsec:homeuse_self}
|
||||
% - Consumer-Geräte bereits verfügbar
|
||||
% - Größtes Risiko: unsachgemäße Anwendung ohne Supervision
|
||||
% - Dual-Use Problem: Medizinisch/Enhancement-Nutzung vermischt
|
||||
156
Content/Chapters/03_seitenformatierung.tex
Normal file
156
Content/Chapters/03_seitenformatierung.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Kapitel 3: Seitenformatierung
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Vorgaben zur Seitenformatierung der Seminararbeit
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Seitenformatierung}
|
||||
\label{chap:seitenformatierung}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Seitenformat und Festlegung der richtigen Formatierung für zweizeilige Überschriften die eine Trennung von Hand erforderlich machen würden}
|
||||
\label{sec:seitenformat}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Dokument wird im DIN-A4-Format im Hochformat erstellt \parencite{hahner2011}. Die automatische Silbentrennung sorgt dafür, dass auch längere Überschriften korrekt umgebrochen werden.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Seitenformat}
|
||||
\label{subsec:seitenformat_detail}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Seitenformat ist auf DIN-A4 im Hochformat festgelegt. Diese Einstellung wird automatisch durch das Template vorgenommen.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Seitenränder}
|
||||
\label{sec:seitenraender}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Seitenränder sind wie folgt definiert:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Einheitlicher Rand: 2\,cm (alle Seiten)
|
||||
\item Zusätzlicher Textbereich durch DIV=14 Einstellung
|
||||
\item Automatische Berechnung des Satzspiegels durch KOMA-Script
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Jeder neue Absatz hat zum vorhergehenden Absatz einen Abstand von 6 Punkten (konfiguriert in \texttt{Settings/General.tex}). Zusätzlich wird ein erhöhter Abstand vor Sections (4,5ex) und Subsections (3,5ex) eingefügt, um eine bessere visuelle Gliederung zu erreichen \parencite{theisen2013}. Für Listen gibt es die Formatvorlage \texttt{itemize}, bei der kein Abstand zwischen den Listenelementen enthalten ist.
|
||||
|
||||
Die Ausrichtung des Textes und aller Überschriften erfolgt im Blocksatz. Die Silbentrennung wird automatisch eingesetzt, um ein ausgewogenes Schriftbild zu erreichen.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Titel und Überschriften}
|
||||
\label{sec:titel_ueberschriften}
|
||||
|
||||
Titel und Überschriften müssen kurz und aussagekräftig sein \parencite{reiter2011}. Überschriften dürfen sich nicht wiederholen, sondern müssen eindeutig voneinander zu unterscheiden sein.
|
||||
|
||||
Die Gliederung des Textes sollte maximal über 2 Ebenen erfolgen \parencite{ahrens2014,brunner2015}. Es ist darauf zu achten, dass nicht jeder Absatz eine eigene Kapitelüberschrift erhält.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Textabsätze}
|
||||
\label{sec:textabsaetze}
|
||||
|
||||
Ein Absatz darf nie mit einer einzelnen Zeile auf einer neuen Seite enden oder mit einer einzelnen Zeile am Seitenende beginnen. Dies gilt in gleicher Weise für Überschriften. Das Template verhindert dies automatisch durch entsprechende Penalties (\texttt{widowpenalty=10000}, \texttt{clubpenalty=10000}). Zusätzlich werden Sections automatisch auf die nächste Seite verschoben, wenn weniger als 12 Grundlinienabstände (ca. 2 Absätze) auf der aktuellen Seite verbleiben würden.
|
||||
|
||||
Die Länge eines Absatzes ist auf maximal 400 Zeichen zu beschränken.
|
||||
|
||||
Absätze werden nicht willkürlich gesetzt. Sie sollen dazu dienen, das Dokument nicht nur formal, sondern auch inhaltlich zu gliedern und somit das Lesen und Verstehen des Textes zu erleichtern \parencite{wagner2007}.
|
||||
|
||||
Die Silbentrennung ist so einzusetzen, dass jede Zeile möglichst bis zum Zeilenrand beschrieben ist. Beim Einsatz von Blocksatz ist darauf zu achten, dass die Lücken zwischen den Worten nicht zu groß werden. Dies wird durch die Einstellungen \texttt{hyphenpenalty=500}, \texttt{tolerance=1000} und \texttt{emergencystretch=3em} automatisch optimiert.
|
||||
|
||||
Zwischen den einzelnen Absätzen ist ein Abstand von 6 Punkten einzuhalten. Der Zeilenabstand beträgt 1,5 (konfiguriert durch \texttt{baselinestretch=1.5}).
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Kopfzeile}
|
||||
\label{sec:kopfzeile}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Aufbau der Kopfzeile erfolgt, mit Ausnahme der Titelseite, automatisch und beinhaltet die Kapitelnummer und -überschrift der ersten Ebene auf der linken Seite sowie den Dokumenttitel auf der rechten Seite.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Fußzeile}
|
||||
\label{sec:fusszeile}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Aufbau der Fußzeile erfolgt, mit Ausnahme der Titelseite, automatisch und zeigt: Autorname | Modulname | Seite X von Y.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Seitennummerierung}
|
||||
\label{sec:seitennummerierung}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Seitennummerierung erfolgt automatisch. Die Zählung beginnt bei 0 für das Titelblatt, so dass die erste Verzeichnisseite die Nummer 1 aufweist.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Fußnoten}
|
||||
\label{sec:fussnoten}
|
||||
|
||||
Fußnoten\footnote{Dies ist ein Beispiel für eine Fußnote.} werden im Text durch eine hochgestellte Ziffer grundsätzlich nach einem Satzzeichen (Komma, Strichpunkt, Punkt, Fragezeichen, Ausrufungszeichen, Gedankenstrich) referenziert. Die Fußnotennummerierung erfolgt fortlaufend über die gesamte Arbeit.
|
||||
|
||||
Erläuterungen zu den Fußnoten erfolgen oberhalb der Fußzeile und reduzieren die Zeilenzahl des Textkörpers. Der Beginn einer Fußnote wird durch einen linksbündigen horizontalen Strich, dessen Länge ca. 30\,\% der Breite des Textblockes beträgt, vom Textkörper abgetrennt.
|
||||
|
||||
Die Fußnotentexte sollten nicht länger als 4 Zeilen sein. Ebenso sollte vermieden werden, den Umbruch der Fußnoten auf die nächste Seite zu erzwingen.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Formeln}
|
||||
\label{sec:formeln}
|
||||
|
||||
Formeln werden vom Rand einheitlich um 1\,cm eingerückt und vom vorhergehenden und nachfolgenden Absatz um zwei Zeilen abgesetzt. Jede Formel ist über eine fortlaufend aufsteigend zu vergebende Nummer zu kennzeichnen. Bei Formeln, die durch Umformung auseinander hervorgehen, können die Zwischenschritte durch eine einheitliche Nummer, ergänzt um einen Buchstaben, referenziert werden.
|
||||
|
||||
Beispiel für die Mitternachtsformel:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
x = \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a}
|
||||
\label{eq:mitternachtsformel}
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
\myequations{Mitternachtsformel zur Lösung quadratischer Gleichungen}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Formel~\ref{eq:mitternachtsformel} zeigt die bekannte Lösungsformel für quadratische Gleichungen.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Abbildungen}
|
||||
\label{sec:abbildungen}
|
||||
|
||||
Abbildungen können an beliebiger Stelle im Text eingebaut werden. Jede Abbildung erhält eine Nummer, die sich aus der Kapitelnummer und einer fortlaufenden, in jedem Kapitel bei Eins beginnenden Nummer ergibt (Format: Kapitel.Nummer). Der Nummer folgt eine kurze Beschreibung zum Bild, die unterhalb des Bildes platziert wird. Abbildungen werden automatisch mit ihrer Beschriftung zusammengehalten, um Seitenumbrüche zwischen Bild und Beschriftung zu vermeiden.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\fbox{\parbox{0.6\textwidth}{\centering\vspace{3cm}Beispielabbildung\vspace{3cm}}}
|
||||
\caption{Auswahlmenü auf der Website der HS Reutlingen}
|
||||
\label{fig:hs_website}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Nummer kann in Verbindung mit der Abkürzung Abb. oder dem Wort Abbildung zur Referenzierung einer Abbildung im Text eingesetzt werden. Hierzu werden im Text runde Klammern verwendet, z.\,B. (Abbildung~\ref{fig:hs_website}) oder (Abb.~\ref{fig:hs_website}).
|
||||
|
||||
Alle Abbildungsnummern und -überschriften werden automatisch im Abbildungsverzeichnis referenziert.
|
||||
|
||||
Werden Abbildungen aus fremden Quellen übernommen, so müssen die Copyright-Vorgaben berücksichtigt werden, d.\,h. die Quelle der Abbildung muss angegeben und im Literaturverzeichnis referenziert werden. Für alle Abbildungen ohne Referenz beansprucht der Autor/die Autorin die eigene Urheberschaft. Dementsprechend dürfen selbst erstellte Abbildungen nicht mit Angaben wie „eigene Abbildung" o.\,ä. versehen werden.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Tabellen}
|
||||
\label{sec:tabellen}
|
||||
|
||||
Tabellen können an beliebiger Stelle im Text eingebaut werden. Die erste Zeile einer Tabelle enthält die Spaltenbeschriftung, die erste Spalte ggf. die Zeilenbeschriftung. Tabellen werden analog zu Abbildungen nummeriert (Kapitel.Nummer) und automatisch mit ihrer Beschriftung zusammengehalten.
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\caption{Beispiele für Formatvorlagen}
|
||||
\label{tab:formatvorlagen}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{|l|l|c|c|}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\textbf{Formatbezeichner} & \textbf{Schrift} & \textbf{Größe} & \textbf{kursiv} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
Überschrift 1 & Franklin Gothic Book & 16 & nein \\
|
||||
Eigennamen & Times New Roman & 12 & ja \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
Es ist darauf zu achten, dass innerhalb einer Tabellenzeile kein Seitenumbruch erfolgt. Das Template verwendet automatische Seitenumbruchkontrolle, um Tabellen möglichst auf einer Seite zu halten. Bei sehr langen Tabellen, die einen Seitenumbruch erfordern, muss auf der nächsten Seite die Beschriftung der Spalten wiederholt werden.
|
||||
|
||||
Auch die Tabellen werden in gleicher Form wie die Abbildungen nummeriert und beschriftet (siehe Tabelle~\ref{tab:formatvorlagen}). Der Nummer wird hierbei das Präfix Tabelle oder Tab. vorangestellt. Aus den Referenznummern und der Beschreibung wird das am Anfang der Ausarbeitung stehende Tabellenverzeichnis automatisch erstellt.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Abkürzungen}
|
||||
\label{sec:abkuerzungen}
|
||||
|
||||
Abkürzungen dürfen nur verwendet werden, wenn dies bei sehr häufiger Verwendung umfänglicher Begriffe zu einer erheblichen Ersparnis des Textumfanges führt und die Verständlichkeit des Textes nicht verschlechtert wird. Die Verwendung von allgemein gebräuchlichen Abkürzungen ist ebenfalls möglich. Ganz verzichten sollte man jedoch auf die Verwendung von selbst erfundenen Abkürzungen.
|
||||
|
||||
Abkürzungen sind innerhalb des Textes bei der ersten Verwendung in runden Klammern nach der vollständigen Angabe des nicht abgekürzten Textes zu benennen und im Abkürzungsverzeichnis aufzuführen. Wird zum Beispiel vom \gls{MPG} gesprochen, so kann dies später nur noch als \gls{MPG} bezeichnet werden.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Zitate}
|
||||
\label{sec:zitate}
|
||||
|
||||
In der Seminararbeit werden die Hinweise auf die verwendete Literatur im Stil APA durchgeführt \parencite{theisen2013}. Dieser Stil wird durch das Template automatisch unterstützt. Die Literaturverwaltung erfolgt über BibLaTeX mit Biber als Backend. Zitationen können mit \texttt{\textbackslash cite\{key\}}, \texttt{\textbackslash textcite\{key\}} oder \texttt{\textbackslash parencite\{key\}} eingefügt werden.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Vorgabe für das Ausdrucken von Seiten}
|
||||
\label{sec:ausdruck}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Ausdruck erfolgt vorzugsweise beidseitig (Papier einsparen!). Bei der Formatierung wird nicht zwischen linker und rechter Seite unterschieden.
|
||||
|
||||
Die Ausarbeitung muss als PDF-Datei abgegeben werden.
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Kapitel 3
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%!TEX root = ../../main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% CHAPTER 5: ZUSAMMENFASSUNG UND FAZIT
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\chapter{Zusammenfassung und Fazit}
|
||||
\label{chap:fazit}
|
||||
|
||||
% LITERATURVORSCHLÄGE FÜR KAPITEL:
|
||||
% - Violante et al. (2024): "Can neurotechnology revolutionize cognitive enhancement?" [überblick, kritisch]
|
||||
% - Brühl et al. (2019): Balanced Assessment [Sicherheit, Ethik]
|
||||
% - Cappon/Woodham: praktische Perspektive
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Wirksamkeit}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Praktikabilität}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Ethische Implikationen}
|
||||
123
Content/Chapters/04_formatierung_abschnitte.tex
Normal file
123
Content/Chapters/04_formatierung_abschnitte.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Kapitel 4: Formatierung der Abschnitte
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Spezifische Formatierungsanforderungen für verschiedene Abschnitte
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Formatierung der Abschnitte}
|
||||
\label{chap:formatierung_abschnitte}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Gestaltung des Titelblattes}
|
||||
\label{sec:titelblatt}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Gestaltung des Titelblattes erfolgt automatisch durch das Template. Alle erforderlichen Informationen werden in der Datei \texttt{Settings/General.tex} konfiguriert.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Titel der Arbeit}
|
||||
\label{subsec:titel_arbeit}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Titel der Arbeit wird mit folgenden Eigenschaften formatiert:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Abstand zum oberen Blattrand: 6\,cm
|
||||
\item Ausrichtung: zentriert
|
||||
\item Schriftgröße: 24 Punkte
|
||||
\item E-Mail-Anschrift: Als Hyperlink kenntlich gemacht
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Abstract}
|
||||
\label{subsec:abstract}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Abstract wird auf der Titelseite platziert und hat folgende Eigenschaften:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Schriftart: Times New Roman kursiv
|
||||
\item Schriftgröße: 10 Punkte
|
||||
\item Maximale Länge: 150--250 Wörter
|
||||
\item Inhalt: Zielsetzung, Methoden und Ergebnisse der Arbeit
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Abstract soll es den Lesern und Leserinnen ermöglichen, innerhalb von wenigen Augenblicken zu erfassen, welcher Inhalt hinter der Überschrift steckt und ob das Thema zur weiteren Bearbeitung lohnt.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Inhaltsverzeichnis}
|
||||
\label{sec:inhaltsverzeichnis_format}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird automatisch generiert und umfasst:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Maximal 3 Gliederungsebenen
|
||||
\item Schriftgröße: 10 Punkte
|
||||
\item Automatische Seitenzahlen mit Punktführung
|
||||
\item Struktur so flach wie möglich halten
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Abbildungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
\label{sec:abbildungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Abbildungsverzeichnis wird automatisch aus allen mit \texttt{\textbackslash caption} versehenen Abbildungen erstellt. Die Formatierung erfolgt analog zum Inhaltsverzeichnis mit 10 Punkt Schriftgröße.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Tabellenverzeichnis}
|
||||
\label{sec:tabellenverzeichnis}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Tabellenverzeichnis wird automatisch aus allen mit \texttt{\textbackslash caption} versehenen Tabellen erstellt. Die Formatierung entspricht dem Abbildungsverzeichnis.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Abkürzungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
\label{sec:abkuerzungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Abkürzungsverzeichnis wird durch das \texttt{glossaries}-Paket verwaltet und hat folgende Eigenschaften:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Tabellarische Darstellung mit drei Spalten
|
||||
\item Alphabetische Sortierung
|
||||
\item Allgemein bekannte Abkürzungen werden nicht aufgenommen
|
||||
\item Schriftgröße: 10 Punkte
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Glossar}
|
||||
\label{sec:glossar}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Glossar dient dazu, dem Leser vermutlich nicht bekannte Fachbegriffe zu erläutern. Das Glossar ist nicht zu verwechseln mit dem Index, welcher im Rahmen dieser Seminararbeit nicht zur Anwendung kommt.
|
||||
|
||||
Das Glossar wird ebenfalls durch das \texttt{glossaries}-Paket verwaltet:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Tabellarische Darstellung mit zwei Spalten
|
||||
\item Alphabetische Sortierung
|
||||
\item Schriftgröße: 10 Punkte
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Textkörper}
|
||||
\label{sec:textkoerper}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Gestaltung und Unterteilung des Textkörpers in verschiedene Abschnitte muss entsprechend der Beschreibung der Inhalte erfolgen. Der Haupttext verwendet:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Schriftart: Franklin Gothic Book (oder Systemalternative)
|
||||
\item Schriftgröße: 12 Punkte
|
||||
\item Zeilenabstand: 1,5-fach
|
||||
\item Absatzabstand: 6 Punkte
|
||||
\item Ausrichtung: Blocksatz mit Silbentrennung
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Literaturverzeichnis}
|
||||
\label{sec:literaturverzeichnis_format}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Literaturverzeichnis wird automatisch durch BibLaTeX generiert und folgt diesen Regeln:
|
||||
|
||||
Die Quellen werden in alphabetischer Ordnung, sortiert nach dem Nachnamen des Hauptautors, aufgelistet.
|
||||
|
||||
Materialien, die aus dem Internet geladen werden, müssen neben der Angabe der URL und des Zugriffsdatums ebenfalls mit den Namen der Verfasser/innen, dem Titel des Dokumentes und allen weiteren Referenzbezeichnungen (Erscheinungsjahr, Ort, etc.) beschrieben werden, die für das entsprechende Dokument verfügbar sind.
|
||||
|
||||
Ist kein Verfasser genannt, so muss statt dem Namen des Autors die Abkürzung o.\,V. eingetragen werden. Ist eine Quelle neben der Zugriffsmöglichkeit über das Internet auch noch über ein offiziell referenziertes Druckmedium verfügbar, so muss grundsätzlich das Druckmedium benannt werden!
|
||||
|
||||
Für die Qualität des Literaturverzeichnisses ist entscheidend, dass der gewählte Stil (Format: APA) einheitlich angewendet wird.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Eidesstattliche Erklärung}
|
||||
\label{sec:eidesstattliche_erklaerung}
|
||||
|
||||
Die eidesstattliche Erklärung muss:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Den vorgegebenen Text verwenden
|
||||
\item Unterschrieben werden (z.\,B. durch PDF-Unterschriftsfunktion)
|
||||
\item Als letzte Seite vor dem Anhang eingefügt werden
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Wortlaut der Erklärung ist vorgegeben und darf nicht verändert werden.
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Kapitel 4
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
122
Content/Chapters/05_zeichenformate.tex
Normal file
122
Content/Chapters/05_zeichenformate.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Kapitel 5: Zeichenformate
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Übersicht über die verwendeten Zeichenformate
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Zeichenformate}
|
||||
\label{chap:zeichenformate}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Zeichenformatierung ist ein wesentlicher Bestandteil der Dokumentgestaltung. Im Folgenden sind die Vorgaben für die verschiedenen Textelemente aufgeführt.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Übersicht der Zeichenformate}
|
||||
\label{sec:zeichenformate_uebersicht}
|
||||
|
||||
Die folgende Tabelle gibt eine Übersicht über alle verwendeten Zeichenformate:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\caption{Zeichenformate im Dokument}
|
||||
\label{tab:zeichenformate}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{|l|l|c|}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\textbf{Element} & \textbf{Schriftart} & \textbf{Größe} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
Titel & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash Huge \\
|
||||
Standardtext & DIN-Regular & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Kapitel (Chapter) & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash LARGE \\
|
||||
Überschrift 1 (Section) & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash Large \\
|
||||
Überschrift 2 (Subsection) & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash large \\
|
||||
Überschrift 3 (Subsubsection) & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash large \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
Inhaltsverzeichnis & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Abb.-verzeichnis & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Tab.-verzeichnis & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Abk.-verzeichnis & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Glossar & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
Zitate & DIN-Regular & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Kopfzeilen & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Fußzeilen & Blender-Bold & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
Fußnoten & DIN-Regular & \textbackslash footnotesize \\
|
||||
Abstract & DIN-Regular & \textbackslash normalsize \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Formatierungsrichtlinien}
|
||||
\label{sec:formatierungsrichtlinien}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Standardtext}
|
||||
\label{subsec:standardtext}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Standardtext verwendet Franklin Gothic Book (oder die in \LaTeX{} konfigurierte Alternative \texttt{blenderfont}) in 11 Punkt Größe als Basisschriftgröße. Der Zeilenabstand ist auf 1,5-fach eingestellt (\texttt{baselinestretch=1.5}), was eine gute Lesbarkeit sowohl auf Bildschirmen als auch im Druck gewährleistet.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Überschriften}
|
||||
\label{subsec:ueberschriften_format}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Hierarchie der Überschriften wird durch unterschiedliche \LaTeX{}-Schriftgrößenbefehle und vertikale Abstände deutlich gemacht:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Kapitel (Chapter): \textbackslash LARGE mit 3ex Abstand davor
|
||||
\item Überschrift 1. Ebene (Section): \textbackslash Large mit 4,5ex Abstand davor
|
||||
\item Überschrift 2. Ebene (Subsection): \textbackslash large mit 3,5ex Abstand davor
|
||||
\item Überschrift 3. Ebene (Subsubsection): \textbackslash large mit 2ex Abstand davor
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Die großzügigen vertikalen Abstände vor Sections und Subsections sorgen für eine klare visuelle Gliederung des Dokuments. Alle Überschriften verwenden Fettdruck (\texttt{\textbackslash bfseries}) zusätzlich zur \texttt{blenderfont}.
|
||||
|
||||
Alle Überschriften verwenden die gleiche Schriftart wie der Standardtext (\texttt{blenderfont}), jedoch mit Fettdruck versehen, um ein einheitliches und hierarchisches Erscheinungsbild zu gewährleisten.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Verzeichnisse}
|
||||
\label{subsec:verzeichnisse_format}
|
||||
|
||||
Alle Verzeichnisse (Inhalts-, Abbildungs-, Tabellen-, Abkürzungsverzeichnis und Glossar) werden einheitlich in 10 Punkt Schriftgröße formatiert. Dies sorgt für eine kompakte Darstellung bei gleichzeitig guter Übersichtlichkeit.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Spezielle Formatierungen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:spezielle_formatierungen}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Eigennamen}
|
||||
Bei der Nennung von Eigennamen kann eine Kursivschrift mit Serifen verwendet werden, beispielsweise \emph{Times New Roman} in kursiv. Dies hebt Eigennamen vom restlichen Text ab.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Hervorhebungen}
|
||||
Auf Hervorhebungen von Text mittels Fettdruck, Unterstreichungen etc. soll generell verzichtet werden. Ausnahmen bilden:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Überschriften der dritten Ebene (fett)
|
||||
\item Tabellenköpfe (fett)
|
||||
\item Eigennamen (kursiv mit Serifen)
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsubsection{Abstract}
|
||||
Das Abstract auf der Titelseite verwendet als einziges Element \emph{Times New Roman} in kursiv mit 10 Punkt Schriftgröße. Diese Formatierung hebt das Abstract visuell vom restlichen Dokument ab.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Tabulatoren und Abstände}
|
||||
\label{sec:tabulatoren}
|
||||
|
||||
Der Abstand für Tabulatoren beträgt einheitlich 2\,cm. Dies gewährleistet eine konsistente Einrückung bei:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Listen und Aufzählungen
|
||||
\item Eingerückten Zitaten
|
||||
\item Formeln (1\,cm Einrückung)
|
||||
\item Strukturierten Daten
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Technische Umsetzung in \LaTeX}
|
||||
\label{sec:technische_umsetzung}
|
||||
|
||||
In \LaTeX{} werden die Zeichenformate automatisch durch die Dokumentklasse und die gewählten Pakete umgesetzt. Die HSRTReport-Klasse definiert:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Basisschriftgröße: 11pt (durch Dokumentklassen-Option)
|
||||
\item Schriftart: \texttt{blenderfont} (Franklin Gothic Book oder Systemalternative)
|
||||
\item Überschriftformatierung durch KOMA-Script mit erweiterten Abständen
|
||||
\item Verzeichnisformatierung durch \texttt{tocloft} mit \texttt{blenderfont}
|
||||
\item Automatische Seitenumbruchkontrolle durch \texttt{PageBreakControl.tex}
|
||||
\item Zeilenabstand: 1,5-fach (\texttt{baselinestretch=1.5})
|
||||
\item Absatzabstand: 6pt (\texttt{parskip=6pt})
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Die konsistente Anwendung der Zeichenformate trägt wesentlich zur Professionalität und Lesbarkeit des Dokuments bei.
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Kapitel 5
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
351
Content/Chapters/06_template_demo.tex
Normal file
351
Content/Chapters/06_template_demo.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Kapitel 6: Template-Features Demonstration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Demonstration aller Features des HSRTReport Templates
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
\chapter{Template-Features Demonstration}
|
||||
\label{chap:template_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
Dieses Kapitel demonstriert die verschiedenen Funktionen und Möglichkeiten des HSRTReport-Templates für wissenschaftliche Arbeiten.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Textformatierung}
|
||||
\label{sec:textformatierung_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Grundlegende Textauszeichnungen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:textauszeichnungen}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Template unterstützt verschiedene Textauszeichnungen:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item \textbf{Fetter Text} für wichtige Begriffe
|
||||
\item \emph{Kursiver Text} für Betonungen und Eigennamen
|
||||
\item \texttt{Maschinenschrift} für Code und Befehle
|
||||
\item \textsf{Serifenlose Schrift} für spezielle Hervorhebungen
|
||||
\item \textsc{Kapitälchen} für besondere Formatierungen
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Spezielle Zeichen und Symbole}
|
||||
\label{subsec:spezielle_zeichen}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Template unterstützt korrekte Typografie:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Gedankenstriche -- so wie hier -- für Einschübe
|
||||
\item Anführungszeichen: "`deutsche Anführungszeichen"' und ``englische Quotes''
|
||||
\item Auslassungspunkte \ldots{} mit korrektem Spacing
|
||||
\item Geschützte Leerzeichen: z.\,B. oder 10\,cm oder S.\,42
|
||||
\item Mathematische Symbole: $\alpha$, $\beta$, $\gamma$, $\sum$, $\int$
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Listen und Aufzählungen}
|
||||
\label{sec:listen_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Verschiedene Listentypen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:listentypen}
|
||||
|
||||
Standard-Aufzählung:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Erster Punkt
|
||||
\item Zweiter Punkt
|
||||
\item Dritter Punkt mit Unterpunkten:
|
||||
\begin{itemize}
|
||||
\item Unterpunkt A
|
||||
\item Unterpunkt B
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
\end{itemize}
|
||||
|
||||
Nummerierte Liste:
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}
|
||||
\item Erster Schritt
|
||||
\item Zweiter Schritt
|
||||
\item Dritter Schritt
|
||||
\end{enumerate}
|
||||
|
||||
Kompakte Liste ohne Abstände (listenabsatz):
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Element ohne Abstand darüber
|
||||
\item Element ohne Abstand dazwischen
|
||||
\item Element ohne Abstand darunter
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
Beschreibungsliste:
|
||||
\begin{description}
|
||||
\item[Begriff 1] Erklärung des ersten Begriffs
|
||||
\item[Begriff 2] Erklärung des zweiten Begriffs
|
||||
\item[Begriff 3] Erklärung des dritten Begriffs
|
||||
\end{description}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Mathematische Formeln}
|
||||
\label{sec:formeln_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Inline-Formeln}
|
||||
\label{subsec:inline_formeln}
|
||||
|
||||
Formeln können direkt im Text verwendet werden, wie z.\,B. $E = mc^2$ oder $a^2 + b^2 = c^2$. Auch komplexere Ausdrücke wie $\int_{0}^{\infty} e^{-x^2} dx = \frac{\sqrt{\pi}}{2}$ sind möglich.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Abgesetzte Formeln}
|
||||
\label{subsec:abgesetzte_formeln}
|
||||
|
||||
Einfache nummerierte Gleichung:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
\nabla \times \vec{E} = -\frac{\partial \vec{B}}{\partial t}
|
||||
\label{eq:maxwell1}
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
\myequations{Erste Maxwell-Gleichung (Faradaysches Induktionsgesetz)}
|
||||
|
||||
Mehrzeilige Gleichung mit Alignment:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{align*}
|
||||
f(x) & = x^2 + 2x + 1 \\
|
||||
& = (x + 1)^2 \numbereq
|
||||
\label{eq:binomial}
|
||||
\end{align*}
|
||||
\myequations{Binomische Formel}
|
||||
|
||||
Matrix-Darstellung:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
\mathbf{A} = \begin{pmatrix}
|
||||
a_{11} & a_{12} & a_{13} \\
|
||||
a_{21} & a_{22} & a_{23} \\
|
||||
a_{31} & a_{32} & a_{33}
|
||||
\end{pmatrix}
|
||||
\label{eq:matrix}
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
\myequations{3x3-Matrix}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Abbildungen und Grafiken}
|
||||
\label{sec:abbildungen_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Einfache Abbildung}
|
||||
\label{subsec:einfache_abbildung}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\fbox{\parbox{0.7\textwidth}{
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\vspace{4cm}
|
||||
\Large Platzhalter für Abbildung\\
|
||||
\normalsize (Hier könnte eine Grafik, ein Diagramm oder ein Foto stehen)
|
||||
\vspace{4cm}
|
||||
}}
|
||||
\caption{Demonstrationsabbildung mit Platzhalter}
|
||||
\label{fig:demo_abbildung}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Abbildung~\ref{fig:demo_abbildung} zeigt einen Platzhalter für eine echte Grafik. Abbildungen werden automatisch nummeriert und im Abbildungsverzeichnis aufgeführt.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Subfigures}
|
||||
\label{subsec:subfigures}
|
||||
|
||||
Mit dem \texttt{subcaption}-Paket können mehrere Abbildungen nebeneinander platziert werden:
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{figure}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\begin{subfigure}[b]{0.45\textwidth}
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\fbox{\parbox{0.9\textwidth}{\centering\vspace{2cm}Bild A\vspace{2cm}}}
|
||||
\caption{Erste Teilabbildung}
|
||||
\label{fig:sub1}
|
||||
\end{subfigure}
|
||||
\hfill
|
||||
\begin{subfigure}[b]{0.45\textwidth}
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\fbox{\parbox{0.9\textwidth}{\centering\vspace{2cm}Bild B\vspace{2cm}}}
|
||||
\caption{Zweite Teilabbildung}
|
||||
\label{fig:sub2}
|
||||
\end{subfigure}
|
||||
\caption{Zwei Abbildungen nebeneinander}
|
||||
\label{fig:subfigures_demo}
|
||||
\end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Tabellen}
|
||||
\label{sec:tabellen_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Einfache Tabelle}
|
||||
\label{subsec:einfache_tabelle}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\caption{Messwerte-Demonstration}
|
||||
\label{tab:messwerte}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|c|}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\textbf{Messung} & \textbf{Zeit [s]} & \textbf{Spannung [V]} & \textbf{Strom [A]} & \textbf{Leistung [W]} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
1 & 0 & 12.0 & 0.5 & 6.0 \\
|
||||
2 & 10 & 11.8 & 0.6 & 7.1 \\
|
||||
3 & 20 & 11.5 & 0.7 & 8.1 \\
|
||||
4 & 30 & 11.2 & 0.8 & 9.0 \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Komplexe Tabelle mit multirow und multicolumn}
|
||||
\label{subsec:komplexe_tabelle}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{table}[h]
|
||||
\centering
|
||||
\caption{Komplexe Tabellenstruktur}
|
||||
\label{tab:komplex}
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\multirow{2}{*}{\textbf{Kategorie}} & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\textbf{Messwerte}} \\
|
||||
\cline{2-4}
|
||||
& \textbf{Min} & \textbf{Max} & \textbf{Mittel} \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
Temperatur [°C] & 18.5 & 24.3 & 21.2 \\
|
||||
Luftfeuchtigkeit [\%] & 45 & 62 & 53 \\
|
||||
Druck [hPa] & 1013 & 1021 & 1017 \\
|
||||
\hline
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
\end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Code-Listings}
|
||||
\label{sec:code_listings}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Python-Code}
|
||||
\label{subsec:python_code}
|
||||
|
||||
%TC:Ignore
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}[caption={Python-Beispiel: Fakultätsfunktion},label={lst:python_factorial},language=Python]
|
||||
def factorial(n):
|
||||
"""Berechnet die Fakultät einer Zahl rekursiv."""
|
||||
if n <= 1:
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
else:
|
||||
return n * factorial(n - 1)
|
||||
|
||||
# Verwendungsbeispiel
|
||||
for i in range(10):
|
||||
print(f"{i}! = {factorial(i)}")
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
%TC:EndIgnore
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{LaTeX-Code}
|
||||
\label{subsec:latex_code}
|
||||
|
||||
%TC:Ignore
|
||||
\begin{lstlisting}[caption={LaTeX-Beispiel: Dokumentstruktur},label={lst:latex_example},language=TeX]
|
||||
\documentclass{article}
|
||||
\usepackage[ngerman]{babel}
|
||||
\usepackage{amsmath}
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
\section{Überschrift}
|
||||
Dies ist ein Beispieltext mit einer Formel: $x^2 + y^2 = r^2$
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{equation}
|
||||
\int_{-\infty}^{\infty} e^{-x^2} dx = \sqrt{\pi}
|
||||
\end{equation}
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
\end{lstlisting}
|
||||
%TC:EndIgnore
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Querverweise und Zitationen}
|
||||
\label{sec:querverweise}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Interne Querverweise}
|
||||
\label{subsec:querverweise_intern}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Template unterstützt intelligente Querverweise mit dem \texttt{cleveref}-Paket:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Verweis auf Kapitel: siehe \cref{chap:template_demo}
|
||||
\item Verweis auf Abschnitt: siehe \cref{sec:formeln_demo}
|
||||
\item Verweis auf Gleichung: siehe \cref{eq:maxwell1}
|
||||
\item Verweis auf Abbildung: siehe \cref{fig:demo_abbildung}
|
||||
\item Verweis auf Tabelle: siehe \cref{tab:messwerte}
|
||||
\item Verweis auf Listing: siehe \cref{lst:python_factorial}
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Fußnoten}
|
||||
\label{subsec:fussnoten_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
Fußnoten\footnote{Dies ist eine Beispiel-Fußnote mit zusätzlichen Informationen.} können für ergänzende Informationen verwendet werden. Sie sollten jedoch sparsam eingesetzt werden\footnote{Eine zweite Fußnote zur Demonstration der automatischen Nummerierung.} und nicht länger als vier Zeilen sein.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Glossar und Abkürzungen}
|
||||
\label{sec:glossar_demo}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Verwendung von Glossareinträgen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:glossar_verwendung}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Template nutzt das \texttt{glossaries}-Paket für die Verwaltung von Fachbegriffen und Abkürzungen:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Erster Aufruf eines Glossarbegriffs: \gls{Textkörper}
|
||||
\item Zweiter Aufruf desselben Begriffs: \gls{Textkörper}
|
||||
\item Verwendung einer Abkürzung: \gls{MPG}
|
||||
\item Nochmalige Verwendung: \gls{MPG}
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
Die Begriffe werden automatisch in das entsprechende Verzeichnis aufgenommen.
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Spezielle Umgebungen}
|
||||
\label{sec:spezielle_umgebungen}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Theorem-ähnliche Umgebungen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:theoreme}
|
||||
|
||||
Obwohl nicht standardmäßig aktiviert, können bei Bedarf Theorem-Umgebungen definiert werden für:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Definitionen
|
||||
\item Sätze (Theoreme)
|
||||
\item Lemmata
|
||||
\item Korollare
|
||||
\item Beweise
|
||||
\item Beispiele
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Infoboxen und Warnungen}
|
||||
\label{subsec:infoboxen}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Template kann erweitert werden um spezielle Boxen für:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Wichtige Hinweise
|
||||
\item Warnungen
|
||||
\item Tipps und Tricks
|
||||
\item Zusammenfassungen
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Erweiterte Features}
|
||||
\label{sec:erweiterte_features}
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{TikZ-Grafiken}
|
||||
\label{subsec:tikz}
|
||||
|
||||
Mit TikZ können komplexe Diagramme direkt in \LaTeX{} erstellt werden. Das Template lädt die notwendigen Pakete automatisch.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{SVG-Integration}
|
||||
\label{subsec:svg}
|
||||
|
||||
SVG-Dateien können direkt eingebunden werden mit dem \texttt{\textbackslash includesvg}-Befehl, was besonders für Vektorgrafiken aus Inkscape nützlich ist.
|
||||
|
||||
\subsection*{Hyperlinks}
|
||||
\label{subsec:hyperlinks}
|
||||
|
||||
Das Template unterstützt:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Automatische Verlinkung von Querverweisen
|
||||
\item Klickbare URLs: \url{https://www.example.com}
|
||||
\item E-Mail-Links: \href{mailto:example@domain.com}{example@domain.com}
|
||||
\item Verlinktes Inhaltsverzeichnis im PDF
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
\section{Zusammenfassung der Template-Features}
|
||||
\label{sec:template_zusammenfassung}
|
||||
|
||||
Das HSRTReport-Template bietet eine umfassende Lösung für wissenschaftliche Arbeiten mit:
|
||||
\begin{listenabsatz}
|
||||
\item Automatischer Formatierung gemäß den Vorgaben
|
||||
\item Konsistenter Typografie und Layout
|
||||
\item Intelligenter Verwaltung von Verzeichnissen
|
||||
\item Flexiblen Möglichkeiten für Formeln, Abbildungen und Tabellen
|
||||
\item Professioneller PDF-Ausgabe mit Hyperlinks
|
||||
\item Einfacher Anpassbarkeit über Konfigurationsdateien
|
||||
\end{listenabsatz}
|
||||
|
||||
Alle diese Features tragen dazu bei, dass sich der Autor auf den Inhalt konzentrieren kann, während das Template die korrekte Formatierung übernimmt.
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Kapitel 6
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
361
Glossary.tex
361
Glossary.tex
@ -1,302 +1,91 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Glossary and Acronym Definitions
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: This file contains all glossary entries and acronyms used in
|
||||
% the document. Entries are automatically sorted and formatted.
|
||||
% Usage: Reference entries in text using:
|
||||
% - \gls{label} for glossary entries
|
||||
% - \acrshort{label} for acronym short form
|
||||
% - \acrlong{label} for acronym long form
|
||||
% - \acrfull{label} for full acronym (short and long)
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
% GLOSSAR: STIMULATIONSTECHNIKEN (KOMPAKT)
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Glossary Entries
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Define technical terms, concepts, and important words
|
||||
% Syntax: \newglossaryentry{label}{
|
||||
% name={Display Name},
|
||||
% description={Detailed description},
|
||||
% plural={Plural form (optional)},
|
||||
% genitive={Genitive form (optional)}
|
||||
% }
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% tES / Transkranielle Elektrostimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{tES}
|
||||
% Example: Technical term
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{Textkörper}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Transkranielle Elektrostimulation,
|
||||
name=Textkörper,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Nicht-invasives Verfahren, das schwache elektrische Ströme über Oberflächenelektroden nutzt, um neuronale Aktivität zu modulieren. Umfasst \gls{tDCS}, \gls{tACS} und \gls{tRNS}. \cite{woods_technical_2016}\newline
|
||||
Bezeichnung für den Bereich innerhalb der Arbeit, in dem die
|
||||
eigentliche Ausarbeitung enthalten ist. Der Textkörper umfasst
|
||||
alle Kapitel zwischen Einleitung und Fazit.
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Transkraniellen Elektrostimulation,
|
||||
plural=Transkranielle Elektrostimulationen
|
||||
genitive=Textkörpers,
|
||||
plural=Textkörper
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:tES}{tES}{\gls{tES}}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Add more glossary entries here
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% \newglossaryentry{example}
|
||||
% {
|
||||
% name=Example,
|
||||
% description={An example glossary entry for demonstration purposes}
|
||||
% }
|
||||
|
||||
% tDCS / Transkranielle Gleichstromstimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{tDCS}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Transkranielle Gleichstromstimulation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Variante der \gls{tES} mit konstantem Gleichstrom. Anodale Stimulation erhöht kortikale Erregbarkeit, kathodale verringert sie. \cite{woods_technical_2016, thair_transcranial_2017}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Transkraniellen Gleichstromstimulation,
|
||||
plural=Transkranielle Gleichstromstimulationen
|
||||
}
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Acronym Definitions
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define abbreviations and acronyms that appear in the document
|
||||
% Syntax: \newacronym{label}{SHORT}{Long Form}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:tDCS}{tDCS}{\gls{tDCS}}
|
||||
% Document-related acronyms
|
||||
\newacronym{a:Abb}{Abb.}{Abbildung}
|
||||
\newacronym{a:Tab}{Tab.}{Tabelle}
|
||||
|
||||
% tACS / Transkranielle Wechselstromstimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{tACS}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Transkranielle Wechselstromstimulation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Variante der \gls{tES} mit sinusförmigem Wechselstrom in verschiedenen Frequenzen.\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Transkraniellen Wechselstromstimulation,
|
||||
plural=Transkranielle Wechselstromstimulationen
|
||||
}
|
||||
% Legal and regulatory acronyms
|
||||
\newacronym{MPG}{MPG}{Medizinproduktegesetz}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:tACS}{tACS}{\gls{tACS}}
|
||||
% Company and organization acronyms
|
||||
\newacronym{a:MS}{MS}{Microsoft®}
|
||||
|
||||
% tRNS / Transcranial Random Noise Stimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{tRNS}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Transcranial Random Noise Stimulation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Variante der \gls{tES} mit zufällig variierenden Stromfrequenzen.\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Transkraniellen Rausch-Stimulation
|
||||
}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Add more acronyms here (alphabetically sorted recommended)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Technical acronyms
|
||||
% \newacronym{a:API}{API}{Application Programming Interface}
|
||||
% \newacronym{a:CPU}{CPU}{Central Processing Unit}
|
||||
% \newacronym{a:GPU}{GPU}{Graphics Processing Unit}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:tRNS}{tRNS}{\gls{tRNS}}
|
||||
% Academic acronyms
|
||||
% \newacronym{a:BSc}{B.Sc.}{Bachelor of Science}
|
||||
% \newacronym{a:MSc}{M.Sc.}{Master of Science}
|
||||
% \newacronym{a:PhD}{Ph.D.}{Doctor of Philosophy}
|
||||
|
||||
% TMS / Transkranielle Magnetstimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{TMS}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Transkranielle Magnetstimulation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Nicht-invasives Verfahren mit starken Magnetfeldern zur Induktion elektrischer Ströme im Gehirn. Depolarisiert kortikale Neuronen. \cite{doccheck_transkranielle_nodate-1}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Transkraniellen Magnetstimulation,
|
||||
plural=Transkranielle Magnetstimulationen
|
||||
}
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Glossary Configuration Notes
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% - Entries are automatically sorted alphabetically
|
||||
% - Unused entries can be included using \glsaddallunused in Main.tex
|
||||
% - Multiple glossary types can be defined if needed
|
||||
% - Cross-references between entries are supported
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:TMS}{TMS}{\gls{TMS}}
|
||||
|
||||
% rTMS / Repetitive Transkranielle Magnetstimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{rTMS}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Repetitive Transkranielle Magnetstimulation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Wiederholte (tägliche) \gls{TMS}-Impulse über längeren Zeitraum (Wochen) zur Induktion neuroplastischer Veränderungen. Jede Verabreichung dauert wenige Minuten.\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Repetitiven Transkraniellen Magnetstimulation,
|
||||
plural=Repetitive Transkranielle Magnetstimulationen
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:rTMS}{rTMS}{\gls{rTMS}}
|
||||
|
||||
% iTBS / Intermittent Theta Burst Stimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{iTBS}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Intermittent Theta Burst Stimulation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Spezialisiertes \gls{rTMS}-Protokoll mit Bursts (3 Pulse à 50\,Hz) in Theta-Intervallen (5\,Hz) mit Pausen. Nur ~3\,min Dauer. Induziert \gls{LTP}-ähnliche Effekte. \cite{huang_theta_2005, hoy_enhancement_2016}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Intermittent Theta Burst Stimulation,
|
||||
plural=Intermittent Theta Burst Stimulations
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:iTBS}{iTBS}{\gls{iTBS}}
|
||||
|
||||
% cTBS / Continuous Theta Burst Stimulation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{cTBS}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Continuous Theta Burst Stimulation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Spezialisiertes \gls{rTMS}-Protokoll mit kontinuierlichen Theta-Bursts ohne Pausen. Induziert \gls{LTD}-ähnliche, inhibitorische Effekte. \cite{huang_theta_2005}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Continuous Theta Burst Stimulation,
|
||||
plural=Continuous Theta Burst Stimulations
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:cTBS}{cTBS}{\gls{cTBS}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
% GLOSSAR: NEUROPHYSIOLOGISCHE MECHANISMEN (KOMPAKT)
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% Neuroplastizität
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{Neuroplasticity}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Neuroplastizität,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Fähigkeit des Gehirns, seine Struktur und Funktion durch Erfahrung, Lernen oder Verletzungen zu verändern. Basis für Lern- und Gedächtnisprozesse.\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Neuroplastizität
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% LTP / Long-Term Potentiation
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{LTP}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Long-Term Potentiation,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Anhaltende Verstärkung synaptischer Übertragung nach hochfrequenter Stimulation. Zellulärer Mechanismus für Lernen und Gedächtnis. \gls{iTBS} induziert LTP-ähnliche Effekte. \cite{esser_level_2006, cavaleiro_memory_2020}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Long-Term Potentiation
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:LTP}{LTP}{\gls{LTP}}
|
||||
|
||||
% LTD / Long-Term Depression
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{LTD}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Long-Term Depression,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Anhaltende Schwächung synaptischer Übertragung nach niederfrequenter Stimulation. Mechanismus zum Abbauen synaptischer Verbindungen. \gls{cTBS} induziert LTD-ähnliche Effekte. \cite{esser_level_2006}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Long-Term Depression
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:LTD}{LTD}{\gls{LTD}}
|
||||
|
||||
% BDNF / Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{BDNF}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Neurotropher Wachstumsfaktor, der Ausmaß der synaptischen Plastizität und Synapsenbildung quantifiziert. Wird durch Lernprozesse und Hirnstimulation (besonders \gls{iTBS}) beeinflusst. \cite{cavaleiro_memory_2020}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor,
|
||||
plural=Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factors
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:BDNF}{BDNF}{\gls{BDNF}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
% GLOSSAR: TECHNISCHE PARAMETER (KOMPAKT)
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% Elektrodenmontage und 10-20-System
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{Montage}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=10-20-System,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
System für die räumliche Anordnung der Elektroden auf der Kopfhaut (F=frontal, C=central, P=parietal, O=occipital; ungerade=links, gerade=rechts). Z.\,B. F3 Anode über \glsdative{DLPFC}. \cite{woods_technical_2016, caulfield_optimized_2022}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=10-20-System
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
% GLOSSAR: KOGNITIVE DOMÄNEN (KOMPAKT)
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% Arbeitsgedächtnis
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{WorkingMemory}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Arbeitsgedächtnis,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Kognitives System für temporäre Speicherung und Manipulation von Informationen. Primär im \glsgen{DLPFC} verarbeitet. Limitierte Kapazität (~4 Items). Typisch gemessen mit n-back-Aufgaben. Hirnstimulation verbessert den Working Memory moderat. \cite{hoy_enhancement_2016, senkowski_boosting_2022}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Arbeitsgedächtnis,
|
||||
plural=Arbeitsgedächtnisse
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Gedächtniskonsolidierung
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{MemoryConsolidation}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Gedächtniskonsolidierung,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Prozess der Stabilisierung von Gedächtnisinhalten nach Erwerb. Zwei Phasen: Intra-Session (Minuten) und Inter-Session (Stunden--Wochen). Schlaf (v.\,a. Tiefschlaf) kritisch. Hirnstimulation kann Konsolidierung beschleunigen. \cite{reis_noninvasive_2009}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Gedächtniskonsolidierung,
|
||||
plural=Gedächtniskonsolidierungen
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Motorisches Lernen
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{MotorLearning}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Motorisches Lernen,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Erwerb motorischer Fähigkeiten durch Übung. Online-Lernen (während Training) und Offline-Konsolidierung (danach). \gls{M1} kritisch für Konsolidierung. Anodale \gls{tDCS} über M1 verbessert Konsolidierung. \cite{reis_noninvasive_2009}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Motorischen Lernens
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
% GLOSSAR: HIRNREGIONEN (KOMPAKT)
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% DLPFC / Dorsolateral Prefrontal Cortex
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{DLPFC}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Dorsolateraler Präfrontaler Kortex,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Hirnregion im Stirnlappen. Zentral für Arbeitsgedächtnis, exekutive Funktionen, kognitive Kontrolle. Häufigstes Stimulationsziel für kognitive Verbesserung. Im 10-20-System: F3 (links) oder F4 (rechts). \cite{hoy_enhancement_2016, woods_technical_2016}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Dorsolateralen Präfrontalen Kortex,
|
||||
dative=Dorsolateralem Präfrontalem Kortex,
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:DLPFC}{DLPFC}{\gls{DLPFC}}
|
||||
|
||||
% M1 / Primary Motor Cortex
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{M1}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Primärer Motorischer Kortex,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Hirnregion für willkürliche Bewegungssteuerung. Kritisch für motorisches Lernen und Fertigkeitserwerb. Häufigstes Stimulationsziel bei motorischen Anwendungen. Im 10-20-System: C3 (links) oder C4 (rechts). Anodale \gls{tDCS} verbessert Konsolidierung. \cite{reis_noninvasive_2009}\newline
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Primären Motorischen Kortex,
|
||||
plural=Primäre Motorische Kortizes
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\iffalse
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
% GLOSSAR: VARIABILITÄT UND METHODIK (KOMPAKT)
|
||||
% ============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% Inter-individuelle Variabilität
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{InterIndividVariability}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Inter-individuelle Variabilität,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Unterschiede zwischen Individuen in Responsiveness gegenüber Hirnstimulation. Problem: nur 39--45\% zeigen erwartete Effekte. Ursachen: anatomische Unterschiede (Kortexdicke, Gyrierung), genetische Faktoren (\gls{BDNF}-Polymorphismen), funktionelle Baseline-Unterschiede. \cite{vergallito_inter-individual_2022, chew_inter-_2015}
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Inter-individuellen Variabilität,
|
||||
plural=Inter-individuellen Variabilitäten
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Responder / Non-Responder
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{Responder}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Responder und Non-Responder,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Responder: Personen mit erwarteten Verbesserungen nach Hirnstimulation. Non-Responder: keine signifikanten Effekte. Quote: 39--45\% Responder. Identifikation und Personalisierung = aktives Forschungsfeld. \cite{vergallito_inter-individual_2022}
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Responder und Non-Responder,
|
||||
plural=Responder und Non-Responder
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Meta-Analyse
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{MetaAnalysis}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Meta-Analyse,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Statistische Synthese von Ergebnissen mehrerer Studien. Berechnet gepoolte Effektgrößen (\gls{SMD}) und Konfidenzintervalle. Standard für Wirksamkeits-Einschätzung. \cite{senkowski_boosting_2022, simonsmeier_electrical_2018}
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Meta-Analyse,
|
||||
plural=Meta-Analysen
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% SMD / Standardized Mean Difference
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{SMD}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Standardized Mean Difference,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Effektstärkemaß in Meta-Analysen (Cohen's d). Differenz zwischen Gruppen geteilt durch gepoolte Standardabweichung. Interpretation: 0,2=klein, 0,5=mittel, 0,8=groß. Ermöglicht Vergleiche über verschiedene Messungen. \cite{senkowski_boosting_2022}
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Standardized Mean Difference,
|
||||
plural=Standardized Mean Differences
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:SMD}{SMD}{\gls{SMD}}
|
||||
|
||||
% RCT / Randomized Controlled Trial
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{RCT}
|
||||
{
|
||||
name=Randomized Controlled Trial,
|
||||
description={
|
||||
Randomisiert kontrollierte Studie. Gold-Standard für Kausalitäts-Nachweis. Probanden zufällig in Interventions- und Kontrollgruppen eingeteilt. Standard zur Validierung von Stimulations-Protokollen.
|
||||
},
|
||||
genitive=Randomized Controlled Trial,
|
||||
plural=Randomized Controlled Trials
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{a:RCT}{RCT}{\gls{RCT}}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Glossary Definitions
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
110
HSRTReport/Config/Equations.tex
Normal file
110
HSRTReport/Config/Equations.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Equations Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Configuration for equation lists and equation formatting
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% List of Equations Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define custom list for equations
|
||||
\newcommand{\listequationsname}{List of Equations}
|
||||
\newlistof{myequations}{equ}{\listequationsname}
|
||||
|
||||
% Define equation name for references
|
||||
\newcommand{\equationname}{Equation}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Equation List Commands
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Command to add equations to the list
|
||||
\newfloat{Formel}{htbp}{}
|
||||
\newcommand\numbereq{\addtocounter{equation}{1}\tag{\theequation}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\myequations}[1]{
|
||||
% Add Floating (N) #1 below (This function is called after the equation environment)
|
||||
\captionof{Formel}{#1}\vspace{1em}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add to list of equations
|
||||
\cftaddtitleline{equ}{myequations}{\quad\blenderfont(\theequation)\quad #1}{\blenderfont\thepage}\par
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Equation Counter Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Remove chapter dependency from equation counter
|
||||
% (This allows continuous equation numbering throughout the document)
|
||||
\counterwithout{equation}{chapter}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Equation Formatting Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Set equation indentation to 1cm from margin
|
||||
% We redefine the equation environment to add left margin
|
||||
|
||||
% Configure vertical spacing around equations
|
||||
% Two lines spacing before and after equations as per requirements
|
||||
\setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{24pt plus 6pt minus 6pt}
|
||||
\setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{24pt plus 6pt minus 6pt}
|
||||
\setlength{\abovedisplayshortskip}{12pt plus 3pt minus 3pt}
|
||||
\setlength{\belowdisplayshortskip}{12pt plus 3pt minus 3pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% Save original equation environments
|
||||
\let\originalequation\equation
|
||||
\let\endoriginalequation\endequation
|
||||
\let\originalequationstar\[
|
||||
\let\endoriginalequationstar\]
|
||||
|
||||
% Redefine equation environment with 1cm left indent
|
||||
\renewenvironment{equation}{%
|
||||
\vspace{\abovedisplayskip}%
|
||||
\noindent\hspace{1cm}\begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\textwidth-1cm\relax}%
|
||||
\originalequation%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\endoriginalequation%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
\vspace{\belowdisplayskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Redefine displaymath with 1cm left indent
|
||||
\renewenvironment{displaymath}{%
|
||||
\vspace{\abovedisplayskip}%
|
||||
\noindent\hspace{1cm}\begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\textwidth-1cm\relax}%
|
||||
\[%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\]%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
\vspace{\belowdisplayskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Alternative Indented Equation Environments
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% These can be used when you don't want global indentation
|
||||
\newenvironment{indentedequation}{%
|
||||
\vspace{\abovedisplayskip}%
|
||||
\noindent\hspace{1cm}\begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\textwidth-1cm\relax}%
|
||||
\originalequation%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\endoriginalequation%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
\vspace{\belowdisplayskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Define unnumbered version
|
||||
\newenvironment{indentedequation*}{%
|
||||
\vspace{\abovedisplayskip}%
|
||||
\noindent\hspace{1cm}\begin{minipage}{\dimexpr\textwidth-1cm\relax}%
|
||||
\[%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\]%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
\vspace{\belowdisplayskip}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Equations Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
0
HSRTReport/Config/Floats.tex
Normal file
0
HSRTReport/Config/Floats.tex
Normal file
71
HSRTReport/Config/Fonts.tex
Normal file
71
HSRTReport/Config/Fonts.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Fonts Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Font families and typography setup for the HSRTReport class
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Default Font Families
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Set default Roman and Sans Serif families
|
||||
\renewcommand*\rmdefault{lmr} % Latin Modern Roman
|
||||
\renewcommand*\sfdefault{lmss} % Latin Modern Sans Serif
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Color Definitions
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define custom colors for typography
|
||||
\definecolor{midnightblue}{rgb}{0.094, 0.051, 0.228}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Custom Font Families
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Blender font family for headings and special text
|
||||
\newfontfamily\blenderfont[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/Blender/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Medium,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-MediumItalic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]{Blender}
|
||||
|
||||
% DIN font family for body text
|
||||
\newfontfamily\dinfont[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/DIN/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Regular,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-Italic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]{DIN}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Main Document Fonts
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Set sans serif font (used for headings)
|
||||
\setsansfont{Blender}[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/Blender/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Medium,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-MediumItalic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
% Set main font (used for body text)
|
||||
\setmainfont{DIN}[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/DIN/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Regular,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-Italic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Fonts Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
89
HSRTReport/Config/GlossarySettings.tex
Normal file
89
HSRTReport/Config/GlossarySettings.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Glossary Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Glossary and acronym list configuration and styling
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Glossary Initialization
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\makeglossaries
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Column Type Definitions
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define custom column types for glossary tables
|
||||
\newcolumntype{L}[1]{>{\raggedright\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}
|
||||
\newcolumntype{C}[1]{>{\centering\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}
|
||||
\newcolumntype{R}[1]{>{\raggedleft\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Custom Glossary Style
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\newglossarystyle{manualfixedwidth}{
|
||||
\setglossarystyle{long3colheader}
|
||||
\renewenvironment{theglossary}
|
||||
{\begin{longtable}{
|
||||
@{}
|
||||
L{0.30\textwidth-\tabcolsep}
|
||||
p{0.58\textwidth-\tabcolsep}
|
||||
R{0.10\textwidth-\tabcolsep}
|
||||
@{}
|
||||
}}
|
||||
{\end{longtable}}
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Apply the custom glossary style
|
||||
\setglossarystyle{manualfixedwidth}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Glossary Labels and Settings
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% German labels for glossary columns
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Wort/Abkürzung}
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{Bedeutung}
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{Seite(n)}
|
||||
|
||||
% Enable hyperlinks in glossary
|
||||
\glsenablehyper
|
||||
|
||||
% Disable page breaks between glossary groups
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% German name for acronym list
|
||||
\renewcommand{\acronymname}{Abkürzungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Custom Glossary Keys for German Grammar
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Source: https://golatex.de/viewtopic.php?t=23348
|
||||
% These keys enable proper German declension in glossary entries
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Genitive Case (Genitiv)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\glsaddkey
|
||||
{genitive}% key
|
||||
{}% default value
|
||||
{\glsentrygenitive}% no link cs
|
||||
{\Glsentrygenitive}% no link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\glsgen}% link cs
|
||||
{\Glsgen}% link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\GLSgen}% link all caps cs
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Dative Case (Dativ)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\glsaddkey
|
||||
{dative}% key
|
||||
{}% default value
|
||||
{\glsentrydative}% no link cs
|
||||
{\Glsentrydative}% no link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\glsdative}% link cs
|
||||
{\Glsdative}% link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\GLSdative}% link all caps cs
|
||||
30
HSRTReport/Config/Hyperref.tex
Normal file
30
HSRTReport/Config/Hyperref.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Hyperref Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Configure hyperlinks, PDF metadata, and link colors
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% PDF and Hyperlink Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Note: hyperref package is already loaded in Config/Imports/Document.tex
|
||||
\hypersetup{
|
||||
pdfpagemode={UseOutlines}, % Show bookmarks on opening
|
||||
bookmarksopen=true, % Open bookmark tree
|
||||
bookmarksopenlevel=0, % Level to which bookmarks are open
|
||||
hypertexnames=false, % Use guessable names for links
|
||||
colorlinks=true, % Color links instead of boxes
|
||||
citecolor=[rgb]{0.286, 0.427, 0.537}, % Citation link color (blue-gray)
|
||||
linkcolor=[rgb]{0.161, 0.31, 0.427}, % Internal link color (dark blue)
|
||||
urlcolor=[rgb]{0.071, 0.212, 0.322}, % URL link color (dark teal)
|
||||
pdfstartview={FitV}, % Fit page width in viewer
|
||||
unicode, % Allow unicode characters
|
||||
breaklinks=true % Allow links to break across lines
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Hyperref Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
285
HSRTReport/Config/PageBreakControl.tex
Normal file
285
HSRTReport/Config/PageBreakControl.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Page Break Control Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Advanced page break control for sections, paragraphs, listings,
|
||||
% and itemize environments to ensure proper page layout
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Required Packages
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\RequirePackage{needspace} % For conditional page breaks based on available space
|
||||
\RequirePackage{afterpage} % For deferred page break commands
|
||||
\RequirePackage{placeins} % For section barriers to control float placement
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Global Page Break Penalties
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Fine-tune the global penalties for page breaking
|
||||
\binoppenalty=10000 % Penalty for breaking at binary operators
|
||||
\relpenalty=10000 % Penalty for breaking at relational operators
|
||||
\brokenpenalty=10000 % Additional penalty for hyphenated line breaks
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Section-Level Page Break Control
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define minimum content requirements after sections
|
||||
\newlength{\sectionminspace}
|
||||
\newlength{\subsectionminspace}
|
||||
\newlength{\subsubsectionminspace}
|
||||
|
||||
% Set minimum space requirements (approximately 2 paragraphs)
|
||||
\setlength{\sectionminspace}{12\baselineskip}
|
||||
\setlength{\subsectionminspace}{10\baselineskip}
|
||||
\setlength{\subsubsectionminspace}{8\baselineskip}
|
||||
|
||||
% Hook into section commands to check space
|
||||
\pretocmd{\section}{%
|
||||
\needspace{\sectionminspace}%
|
||||
\FloatBarrier% % Ensure all floats are placed before new section
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
\pretocmd{\subsection}{%
|
||||
\needspace{\subsectionminspace}%
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
\pretocmd{\subsubsection}{%
|
||||
\needspace{\subsubsectionminspace}%
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Paragraph Cohesion Control
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Keep paragraphs together when possible
|
||||
\newcommand{\keeptogether}[1]{%
|
||||
\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
|
||||
#1%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Automatic paragraph protection for short paragraphs
|
||||
\newcommand{\protectparagraph}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=10000%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Listing Environment Protection
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Redefine lstlisting to prevent page breaks
|
||||
\let\originallstlisting\lstlisting
|
||||
\let\endoriginallstlisting\endlstlisting
|
||||
|
||||
\renewenvironment{lstlisting}[1][]{%
|
||||
\needspace{5\baselineskip}% Ensure minimum space
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\originallstlisting[#1]%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\endoriginallstlisting%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% For inline listings that must stay together
|
||||
\newenvironment{nobreaklistings}{%
|
||||
\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
|
||||
\vspace{0.5em}%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\vspace{0.5em}%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Itemize and Enumerate Protection
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Protected itemize that stays with preceding paragraph
|
||||
\newenvironment{nobreakitemize}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=10000%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{itemize}%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Protected enumerate that stays with preceding paragraph
|
||||
\newenvironment{nobreakenumerate}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=10000%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{enumerate}%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Itemize and enumerate hooks are defined in Typography.tex
|
||||
% to avoid conflicts with the listenabsatz environment
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description List Protection
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{description}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=5000%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{description}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Smart Section Breaking
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Command to check if section should be moved to next page
|
||||
\newcommand{\smartsection}[2][]{%
|
||||
\vfil\penalty-9999\vfilneg% Allow break here if needed
|
||||
\needspace{\sectionminspace}%
|
||||
\section[#1]{#2}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\smartsubsection}[2][]{%
|
||||
\vfil\penalty-9999\vfilneg%
|
||||
\needspace{\subsectionminspace}%
|
||||
\subsection[#1]{#2}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Figure and Table Protection
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Keep figures with their captions
|
||||
% Note: Using samepage in figure/table can cause issues with color groups
|
||||
% Instead, use penalties to discourage breaks
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{figure}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{figure}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Keep tables with their captions
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{table}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{table}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Code Block Protection
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% For verbatim environments
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{verbatim}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=10000%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{verbatim}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Math Environment Protection
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Keep equations together
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{equation}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{equation}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{align}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=10000%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{align}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Custom Commands for Manual Control
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Force content to stay together
|
||||
\newcommand{\keeptogetherflex}[1]{%
|
||||
\vbox{#1}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Conditional page break based on remaining space
|
||||
\newcommand{\conditionalpagebreak}[1][10\baselineskip]{%
|
||||
\needspace{#1}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Mark critical content that should not be split
|
||||
\newenvironment{critical}{%
|
||||
\begin{samepage}%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=10000%
|
||||
\widowpenalty=10000%
|
||||
\clubpenalty=10000%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{samepage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Debugging Commands (can be commented out in production)
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Show page break penalties in log
|
||||
\newcommand{\showpenalties}{%
|
||||
\typeout{Current penalties:}%
|
||||
\typeout{ Widow: \the\widowpenalty}%
|
||||
\typeout{ Club: \the\clubpenalty}%
|
||||
\typeout{ Interline: \the\interlinepenalty}%
|
||||
\typeout{ Broken: \the\brokenpenalty}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Table of Contents Page Break Control
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Keep chapters with their sections together in TOC
|
||||
\newcommand{\protectchapterintoc}{%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\needspace{10\baselineskip}}%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\nopagebreak[4]}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add space and break control for TOC chapters
|
||||
\pretocmd{\chapter}{%
|
||||
\protectchapterintoc%
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Configure TOC to keep related entries together
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\interlinepenalty=500}%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\widowpenalty=10000}%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\clubpenalty=10000}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Command to mark TOC entries that should stay together
|
||||
\newcommand{\tockeeptogether}[1]{%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}}%
|
||||
#1%
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\end{minipage}}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Automatic TOC chapter grouping for short chapters
|
||||
\newcounter{tocsectioncount}
|
||||
\pretocmd{\section}{%
|
||||
\stepcounter{tocsectioncount}%
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
\pretocmd{\chapter}{%
|
||||
\setcounter{tocsectioncount}{0}%
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Check if chapter should be kept together based on section count
|
||||
\newcommand{\checktocgrouping}{%
|
||||
\ifnum\value{tocsectioncount}<8% If chapter has less than 8 sections
|
||||
\addtocontents{toc}{\protect\needspace{15\baselineskip}}% Keep it together
|
||||
\fi%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Page Break Control Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
136
HSRTReport/Config/PageSetup.tex
Normal file
136
HSRTReport/Config/PageSetup.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Page Setup Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Page layout configuration including headers, footers, and styling
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Required Packages
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\usepackage{lastpage} % For "Page X of Y" functionality
|
||||
\usepackage{fancyhdr} % Already loaded, but ensure it's available
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Page Style Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Use fancy page style for headers and footers
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
% Remove default header rule
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% Override KOMA-Script chapter page style to use fancy instead of plain
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chapterpagestyle}{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Page Number Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Set page number font style
|
||||
\setkomafont{pagenumber}{\color{gray}\blenderfont\selectfont}
|
||||
|
||||
% Adjust footer position - move up by reducing footskip
|
||||
\setlength{\footskip}{25pt} % Reduced from default to move footer up
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Header and Footer Setup
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Clear all header and footer fields
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Header Configuration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Left header: Chapter number and title
|
||||
% Right header: Document title
|
||||
\fancyhead[R]{%
|
||||
\color{gray}\blenderfont
|
||||
|
||||
% show if chapter > 0
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\value{chapter} > 0}{\thechapter~–~\leftmark}{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fancyhead[L]{\color{gray}\blenderfont\@title} % Document title on right
|
||||
|
||||
% Update chapter marks to show only chapter name without "Chapter" prefix
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{#1}{}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{} % Don't show sections in header
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\footerhorizspacing}{\qquad}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Footer Configuration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Footer format: Author Name | Module Name | Page X of Y
|
||||
% The footer is centered
|
||||
\fancyfoot[C]{%
|
||||
\color{gray}\blenderfont%
|
||||
\@author%
|
||||
\footerhorizspacing%
|
||||
\ifdef{\modulename}{\modulename}{Modul-Name}%
|
||||
\footerhorizspacing%
|
||||
Seite~\thepage~von~\pageref{LastPage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Plain Page Style (for chapter pages)
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define the plain page style (used on chapter start pages)
|
||||
\fancypagestyle{plain}{
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
% Show headers also on chapter start pages
|
||||
\fancyhead[R]{%
|
||||
\color{gray}\blenderfont
|
||||
|
||||
% show if chapter > 0
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\value{chapter} > 0}{\thechapter~–~\leftmark}{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fancyhead[L]{\color{gray}\blenderfont\@title}
|
||||
% Same footer as regular pages
|
||||
\fancyfoot[C]{%
|
||||
\color{gray}\blenderfont%
|
||||
\@author%
|
||||
\footerhorizspacing%
|
||||
\ifdef{\modulename}{\modulename}{Modul-Name}%
|
||||
\footerhorizspacing%
|
||||
Seite~\thepage~von~\pageref{LastPage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Fancy Page Style Definition
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Explicitly define the fancy page style
|
||||
\fancypagestyle{fancy}{
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[R]{%
|
||||
\color{gray}\blenderfont
|
||||
|
||||
% show if chapter > 0
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\value{chapter} > 0}{\thechapter~–~\leftmark}{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fancyhead[L]{\color{gray}\blenderfont\@title}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[C]{%
|
||||
\color{gray}\blenderfont%
|
||||
\@author%
|
||||
\footerhorizspacing%
|
||||
\ifdef{\modulename}{\modulename}{Modul-Name}%
|
||||
\footerhorizspacing%
|
||||
Seite~\thepage~von~\pageref{LastPage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Override Default Page Styles
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Ensure all special pages use fancy style
|
||||
\AtBeginDocument{%
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}%
|
||||
\renewcommand{\chapterpagestyle}{fancy}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Page Setup Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
75
HSRTReport/Config/Sections.tex
Normal file
75
HSRTReport/Config/Sections.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Sections Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Section formatting and styling for chapters, sections, subsections
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Section Font Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Set font for all sectioning commands (disposition)
|
||||
\setkomafont{disposition}{\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
|
||||
% Configure individual section level fonts
|
||||
\setkomafont{chapter}{\LARGE\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
\setkomafont{section}{\Large\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
\setkomafont{subsection}{\large\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
\setkomafont{subsubsection}{\large\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Section Spacing Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Redefine chapter spacing with more generous vertical spacing
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommand[
|
||||
beforeskip=3ex plus 1ex minus 0.5ex, % Larger space before chapter (approx. 3 lines)
|
||||
afterskip=1.5ex plus 0.3ex, % Larger space after chapter
|
||||
style=section % Use section style
|
||||
]{chapter}
|
||||
|
||||
% Redefine spacing for sections, subsections, and subsubsections
|
||||
% Significantly increased vertical spacing before sections and subsections for better visual separation
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommand[
|
||||
beforeskip=4.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex, % Very large space before section (approx. 4-5 lines)
|
||||
afterskip=1.5ex plus 0.3ex, % Generous space after section
|
||||
]{section}
|
||||
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommand[
|
||||
beforeskip=3.5ex plus 1ex minus 0.5ex, % Large space before subsection (approx. 3-4 lines)
|
||||
afterskip=1ex plus 0.2ex, % Good space after subsection
|
||||
]{subsection}
|
||||
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommand[
|
||||
beforeskip=2ex plus 0.5ex minus 0.3ex, % Moderate space before subsubsection
|
||||
afterskip=0.8ex plus 0.1ex, % Space after subsubsection
|
||||
]{subsubsection}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add additional vertical spacing adjustments
|
||||
\setlength{\parskip}{0.8ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex} % Slightly increase paragraph spacing
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Decorative Elements
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Decorative rule for visual separation
|
||||
\newcommand{\decoRule}{\rule{.8\textwidth}{.4pt}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Counter Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Configure figure and table numbering to include chapter number
|
||||
% Format: Chapter.Number (e.g., 2.3 for third figure in chapter 2)
|
||||
\counterwithin{figure}{chapter}
|
||||
\counterwithin{table}{chapter}
|
||||
|
||||
% Keep equation counter independent of chapters
|
||||
\counterwithout{equation}{chapter}
|
||||
|
||||
% Redefine the format to show as "Chapter.Number" instead of "Chapter:Number"
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thefigure}{\thechapter.\arabic{figure}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\thetable}{\thechapter.\arabic{table}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Sections Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
113
HSRTReport/Config/ToC.tex
Normal file
113
HSRTReport/Config/ToC.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Table of Contents Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Formatting for table of contents, list of figures, and list of tables
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Chapter Grouping and Page Break Control in TOC
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Keep chapters with their sections together on the same page if they fit
|
||||
% This prevents orphaned chapter titles at the bottom of pages
|
||||
|
||||
% Add penalties to keep chapter entries with their sections
|
||||
\pretocmd{\addchaptertocentry}{%
|
||||
\needspace{8\baselineskip}% Ensure space for chapter + at least 2 sections
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add penalty after chapter to keep first sections together
|
||||
\apptocmd{\addchaptertocentry}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Hook into TOC generation to add spacing and break control
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{toc}{%
|
||||
% Set penalties for better page breaking
|
||||
\clubpenalty=10000
|
||||
\widowpenalty=10000
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=500
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add vertical space before chapters in TOC for better visual separation
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommand[
|
||||
tocbeforeskip=1.5em plus 0.5em,% Space before chapter entries in TOC
|
||||
]{chapter}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Page Number Formatting in TOC
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Configure page number font for different section levels
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftchappagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsubsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Entry Title Formatting in TOC
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Configure entry title font for different section levels
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftchapfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsubsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Section Command TOC Formatting
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Configure TOC entry and page number format for sections and subsections
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommands[
|
||||
tocentryformat=\blenderfont\normalsize,
|
||||
tocpagenumberformat=\blenderfont\normalsize,
|
||||
tocindent=1.5em,% Indent for sections
|
||||
tocnumwidth=2.5em% Width for section numbers
|
||||
]{section,subsection}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add spacing before sections in TOC
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommand[
|
||||
tocbeforeskip=0.5em,% Small space before section entries
|
||||
]{section}
|
||||
|
||||
% Keep sections with their subsections
|
||||
\pretocmd{\addsectiontocentry}{%
|
||||
\penalty-500% Allow break before sections but discourage it
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Keep subsections together
|
||||
\pretocmd{\addsubsectiontocentry}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Figure and Table TOC Formatting
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Configure font for figure entries in list of figures
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftfigfont{\blenderfont}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftfigpagefont{\blenderfont}
|
||||
|
||||
% Configure font for table entries in list of tables
|
||||
\renewcommand\cfttabfont{\blenderfont}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cfttabpagefont{\blenderfont}
|
||||
|
||||
% Configure font for equation entries in list of equations
|
||||
% Define robust font commands
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% Configure font for listing entries in lstlistings list
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\l@lstlisting}[2]{
|
||||
\@dottedtocline{1}{1em}{2.3em}
|
||||
{\blenderfont#1}
|
||||
{\blenderfont#2}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Dot Separation Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Set spacing between dots in TOC
|
||||
% \renewcommand{\cftdotsep}{1.5}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Table of Contents Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
158
HSRTReport/Config/Typography.tex
Normal file
158
HSRTReport/Config/Typography.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Typography Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Typography settings including text alignment, spacing, and formatting
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Page Style Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Line and Paragraph Spacing
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Line spacing
|
||||
\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Text Alignment
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Use justified text (Blocksatz) - this is the default in LaTeX
|
||||
% No \raggedright command needed
|
||||
|
||||
% Enable hyphenation for better text distribution in justified text
|
||||
% Lower penalties encourage more hyphenation for better spacing
|
||||
\hyphenpenalty=500
|
||||
\exhyphenpenalty=500
|
||||
\tolerance=1000
|
||||
\emergencystretch=3em
|
||||
|
||||
% Prevent excessive word spacing in justified text
|
||||
\spaceskip=0.3em plus 0.2em minus 0.1em
|
||||
\xspaceskip=0.6em plus 0.3em minus 0.15em
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Widow and Orphan Control
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Prevent single lines at the beginning or end of a page
|
||||
% High penalties discourage but don't absolutely prevent widows/orphans
|
||||
\widowpenalty=10000
|
||||
\clubpenalty=10000
|
||||
\displaywidowpenalty=10000
|
||||
|
||||
% Prevent page breaks right after section headings
|
||||
\@beginparpenalty=10000
|
||||
\@endparpenalty=10000
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Enhanced Page Break Control
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Section page break penalties are handled in PageBreakControl.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% Minimum lines on a new page after section break
|
||||
% Require at least 2 paragraphs (approximately 8-10 lines) after a section
|
||||
\raggedbottom % Allow variable page heights to avoid bad breaks
|
||||
\flushbottom % But try to align bottoms when possible
|
||||
|
||||
% Configure penalties for better paragraph cohesion
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=150 % Discourage breaks within paragraphs
|
||||
\predisplaypenalty=10000 % Prevent breaks before equations
|
||||
\postdisplaypenalty=10000 % Prevent breaks after equations
|
||||
\floatingpenalty=20000 % Strongly discourage breaks around floats
|
||||
|
||||
% Keep at least two paragraphs together at page boundaries
|
||||
\setlength{\parskip}{0.5em plus 0.2em minus 0.1em}
|
||||
\parfillskip=0pt plus 1fil
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Listing and Itemize Environment Protection
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Prevent page breaks in listings
|
||||
\lstset{
|
||||
float=H, % Force listings to stay in place
|
||||
belowskip=-0.5em plus 0.2em, % Adjust spacing
|
||||
aboveskip=0.5em plus 0.2em,
|
||||
keepspaces=true,
|
||||
breaklines=true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Create protected itemize environment that resists page breaks
|
||||
\newenvironment{protecteditemize}{%
|
||||
\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{itemize}%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Create protected enumerate environment
|
||||
\newenvironment{protectedenumerate}{%
|
||||
\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}%
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{enumerate}%
|
||||
\end{minipage}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Hook into itemize/enumerate to discourage breaks without redefining
|
||||
% This avoids conflicts with enumitem package options
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{itemize}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]% Strong discouragement of page break
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=5000% Discourage breaks within items
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{itemize}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]% Discourage break after list
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\AtBeginEnvironment{enumerate}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]%
|
||||
\interlinepenalty=5000%
|
||||
}
|
||||
\AtEndEnvironment{enumerate}{%
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Needspace Package for Conditional Page Breaks
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\usepackage{needspace}
|
||||
|
||||
% Section spacing is handled in PageBreakControl.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Float Placement Control
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Adjust float placement to keep figures and tables near their reference
|
||||
\renewcommand{\floatpagefraction}{0.8} % Float page must be 80% full
|
||||
\renewcommand{\topfraction}{0.9} % Max 90% of page for top floats
|
||||
\renewcommand{\bottomfraction}{0.9} % Max 90% of page for bottom floats
|
||||
\renewcommand{\textfraction}{0.1} % Min 10% of page must be text
|
||||
\setcounter{topnumber}{2} % Max 2 floats at top of page
|
||||
\setcounter{bottomnumber}{2} % Max 2 floats at bottom of page
|
||||
\setcounter{totalnumber}{4} % Max 4 floats per page
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% List Formatting
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define a list paragraph style with no spacing between items
|
||||
% This will be used for compact lists as required
|
||||
\newenvironment{listenabsatz}{%
|
||||
\begin{itemize}[nosep,leftmargin=*]%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{itemize}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Also provide enumerated version
|
||||
\newenvironment{listenabsatz*}{%
|
||||
\begin{enumerate}[nosep,leftmargin=*]%
|
||||
}{%
|
||||
\end{enumerate}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Typography Configuration Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
@ -22,8 +22,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
% If not using XeTeX, print an error message and stop compiling
|
||||
\ifx\XeTeXversion\undefined
|
||||
\PackageError{HSRTReport}{This class can only be used with XeLaTeX.}{}
|
||||
\stop
|
||||
\PackageError{HSRTReport}{This class can only be used with XeLaTeX.}{}
|
||||
\stop
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
@ -52,273 +52,50 @@
|
||||
% Load the base class with options
|
||||
\LoadClass{\baseclass}
|
||||
|
||||
% ----------------------------------------
|
||||
% Imports
|
||||
% ----------------------------------------
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Imports}
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Package Imports
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Load core packages first
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Imports/Core}
|
||||
% Document structure packages
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Imports/Document}
|
||||
% Content and typography packages
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Imports/Content}
|
||||
% Graphics and TikZ packages
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Imports/Graphics}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
% REFS
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
\RequirePackage{hyperref}
|
||||
\hypersetup{
|
||||
pdfpagemode={UseOutlines},
|
||||
bookmarksopen=true,
|
||||
bookmarksopenlevel=0,
|
||||
hypertexnames=false,
|
||||
colorlinks=true,
|
||||
citecolor=[rgb]{0.286, 0.427, 0.537},
|
||||
linkcolor=[rgb]{0.161, 0.31, 0.427},
|
||||
urlcolor=[rgb]{0.071, 0.212, 0.322},
|
||||
pdfstartview={FitV},
|
||||
unicode,
|
||||
breaklinks=true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
% FONT SETUP
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
\renewcommand*\rmdefault{lmr}
|
||||
\renewcommand*\sfdefault{lmss}
|
||||
\definecolor{midnightblue}{rgb}{0.094, 0.051, 0.228}
|
||||
|
||||
\newfontfamily\blenderfont[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/Blender/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Medium,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-MediumItalic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]{Blender}
|
||||
\newfontfamily\dinfont[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/DIN/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Regular,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-Italic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]{DIN}
|
||||
|
||||
\setsansfont{Blender}[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/Blender/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Medium,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-MediumItalic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]
|
||||
\setmainfont{DIN}[
|
||||
Path=\fontsPath/DIN/,
|
||||
Extension=.ttf,
|
||||
UprightFont=*-Regular,
|
||||
BoldFont=*-Bold,
|
||||
ItalicFont=*-Italic,
|
||||
BoldItalicFont=*-BoldItalic
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
% PAGE SETUP
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
% LOGOS
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Add more logos to be placed besides the main logo on the title page ====
|
||||
\newcommand{\logosScale}{1}
|
||||
\newcommand{\mainLogoScale}{1}
|
||||
|
||||
\newlength{\imageHeight}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\SetLogosScale}[1]{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\logosScale}{#1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\let\newglobalarray\newarray
|
||||
\patchcmd{\newglobalarray}{\edef}{\xdef}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Set the array to expand the elements
|
||||
\expandarrayelementtrue
|
||||
|
||||
% AddLogo Command with automatic counter
|
||||
% Array to store the logos and to be used in pgffor later
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosPaths
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosScales
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosOpacities
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosExtensions
|
||||
\newcounter{logoCounter}
|
||||
\setcounter{logoCounter}{0}
|
||||
% Command to add a logo to the array
|
||||
% Usage: \AddLogoToArray{<Name>}{<Scale>}{<Opacity>}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\AddLogo}[4]{
|
||||
\stepcounter{logoCounter}
|
||||
\LogosPaths(\thelogoCounter)={#1}
|
||||
\LogosScales(\thelogoCounter)={#2}
|
||||
\LogosOpacities(\thelogoCounter)={#3}
|
||||
\LogosExtensions(\thelogoCounter)={#4}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Command to get opacity of a logo
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\GetLogoOpacity}[1]{
|
||||
\expand{\LogosOpacities(#1)}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Command to add a data line for the title page (key, value)
|
||||
% Use a token register to store the data
|
||||
\newtoks\titlePageData
|
||||
\def\tand{&}
|
||||
\titlePageData={\tand}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\AddTitlePageDataSpace}[1]{
|
||||
% Add vertical space of size #1
|
||||
\titlePageData=\expandafter{\the\titlePageData \vspace{#1}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\AddTitlePageDataLine}[2]{
|
||||
\titlePageData=\expandafter{\the\titlePageData\\ \textbf{#1}\tand #2}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Command to get all the data for the title page (to be inserted in tabular)
|
||||
% ({tabular}{@{} p{40mm} l}) Key is always bold
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\GetTitlePageDataTable}{
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{@{} p{40mm} l}
|
||||
\the\titlePageData
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% =============================================================================
|
||||
\def\skylinePath{\classPath/Assets/Images/Skyline.svg}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\footerYShift}{1.5em}
|
||||
\newcommand{\footerXShift}{0.7em}
|
||||
|
||||
% Define the logo and its position
|
||||
\AtBeginPage{
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{2cm*\real{\mainLogoScale}*\real{\logosScale}*\real{0.45}}
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]
|
||||
% === Main Logo(s) ===
|
||||
\node[anchor=south east, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-\footerXShift, yshift=\footerYShift, opacity=0.0] (logo0) at (current page.south east) {
|
||||
\strcompare{\thepage}{1}{}{
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\imagesPath/DUMMY_FOOT.png}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\ifnum\thepage=1
|
||||
\else
|
||||
% For loop to place all logos
|
||||
\foreach \i in {1,...,\value{logoCounter}} {
|
||||
% Calculate name for i-1
|
||||
\pgfmathtruncatemacro{\prev}{\i-1}
|
||||
\node[anchor=east, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-0.1cm, opacity=0.3] (logo\i) at (logo\prev.west) {
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\testarray{LogosScales}(\i)
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{1.5cm*\real{\temp@macro}*\real{\logosScale}*\real{0.55}}
|
||||
\testarray{LogosExtensions}(\i)
|
||||
\let\extension\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosOpacities}(\i)
|
||||
\let\opacity\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosPaths}(\i)
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\extension}{svg}}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includesvg[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
% Skyline
|
||||
\node[anchor=south west, inner sep=0pt, yshift=0em] at (current page.south west) {
|
||||
\includesvg[width=1.5\paperwidth]{\skylinePath}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
% TITLE PAGE
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
\setkomafont{pagenumber}{\color{gray}\blenderfont\selectfont}
|
||||
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[L]{\color{gray}\blenderfont \@title}
|
||||
\fancyhead[R]{\pagemark}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[C]{}
|
||||
|
||||
\fancypagestyle{fancy}{
|
||||
\fancyhf{}
|
||||
\fancyhead[L]{\color{gray}\blenderfont \@title}
|
||||
\fancyhead[R]{\pagemark}
|
||||
\fancyfoot[C]{}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Set font for all headings
|
||||
\setkomafont{disposition}{\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
\setkomafont{chapter}{\Large\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
\setkomafont{section}{\Large\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
\setkomafont{subsection}{\large\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
\setkomafont{subsubsection}{\large\blenderfont\bfseries}
|
||||
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommand[
|
||||
beforeskip=1ex,
|
||||
afterskip=0.5ex,
|
||||
style=section
|
||||
]{chapter}
|
||||
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommands[
|
||||
beforeskip=0.6ex,
|
||||
afterskip=0.3ex,
|
||||
]{section,subsection,subsubsection}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\decoRule}{\rule{.8\textwidth}{.4pt}}
|
||||
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
% TABLE OF CONTENTS / FIG / TAB
|
||||
%----------------------------------------
|
||||
% Page Numbering in the Table of Contents
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftchappagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsubsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Chap/Sec/... Title in the Table of Contents
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftchapfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsubsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
|
||||
\RedeclareSectionCommands[
|
||||
tocentryformat=\blenderfont\normalsize,
|
||||
tocpagenumberformat=\blenderfont\normalsize
|
||||
]{section,subsection}
|
||||
|
||||
% Figure and Table in the Table of Contents
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftfigfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftfigpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cfttabfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cfttabpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\cftdotsep}{1.5}
|
||||
|
||||
% ----------------------------------------
|
||||
% Local Imports
|
||||
% ----------------------------------------
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Module Includes
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Pages/Titlepage.tex}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Tools ====
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Listings}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Floats}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/MeetingPresence}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/InfoBlocks}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Watermark}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/ToC}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Typography}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Configuration Modules
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/Hyperref}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/Fonts}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/PageSetup}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/Sections}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/GlossarySettings}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/ToC}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/Equations}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/Floats}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/Typography}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Config/PageBreakControl}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Content Modules
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Content/Listings}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Layout Modules
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Layout/Logos}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Layout/InfoBlocks}
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Layout/Watermark}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Tool Modules
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\input{\classPath/Modules/Tools/WordCount}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ./HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Imports ====
|
||||
|
||||
% calc package
|
||||
\RequirePackage{calc}
|
||||
|
||||
% fp package
|
||||
\RequirePackage[nomessages]{fp}% http://ctan.org/pkg/fp
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossaries package
|
||||
\RequirePackage[acronym, savenumberlist=true]{glossaries}
|
||||
|
||||
% Babel for language support
|
||||
\RequirePackage[ngerman]{babel}
|
||||
|
||||
% Bibliography management with biber backend and IEEE style
|
||||
\RequirePackage[
|
||||
backend=biber,
|
||||
sorting=none,
|
||||
style=ieee
|
||||
]{biblatex}
|
||||
|
||||
% Context-sensitive quotation marks
|
||||
\RequirePackage{csquotes}
|
||||
|
||||
% Geometry for setting page dimensions and margins
|
||||
\RequirePackage[a4paper, margin=2cm]{geometry}
|
||||
|
||||
% Tabularx for tables with fixed width columns
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tabularx}
|
||||
|
||||
% Longtable for tables that span multiple pages
|
||||
\RequirePackage{longtable}
|
||||
|
||||
% Graphics support
|
||||
\RequirePackage{graphicx}
|
||||
|
||||
% Enumitem for customized lists
|
||||
\RequirePackage{enumitem}
|
||||
|
||||
% Verbatim for including literal text
|
||||
\RequirePackage{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
% Captions for customizing figure and table captions
|
||||
\RequirePackage{caption}
|
||||
|
||||
% Floatrow for advanced float customization
|
||||
\RequirePackage{floatrow}
|
||||
|
||||
% Subcaption for subfigures within a figure
|
||||
\RequirePackage[subrefformat=parens]{subcaption}
|
||||
|
||||
% Blindtext for generating dummy text
|
||||
\RequirePackage{blindtext}
|
||||
|
||||
% Listings for including source code with syntax highlighting
|
||||
\RequirePackage{listings}
|
||||
|
||||
% Hyphenation support for monospaced fonts
|
||||
\RequirePackage[htt]{hyphenat}
|
||||
|
||||
% Color package for text coloring
|
||||
\RequirePackage{color}
|
||||
|
||||
% Additional options for captions
|
||||
\RequirePackage{caption,xparse}
|
||||
|
||||
% Multirow for table cells spanning multiple rows
|
||||
\RequirePackage{multirow}
|
||||
|
||||
% Mathematical symbols and fonts
|
||||
\RequirePackage{amssymb}
|
||||
|
||||
% Pifont for dingbat symbols
|
||||
\RequirePackage{pifont}
|
||||
|
||||
% Epigraph for quotations
|
||||
\RequirePackage{epigraph}
|
||||
|
||||
% Lipsum for generating dummy text
|
||||
\RequirePackage{lipsum}
|
||||
|
||||
% Setspace for line spacing
|
||||
\RequirePackage{setspace}
|
||||
|
||||
% Lmodern for scalable font
|
||||
\RequirePackage{lmodern}
|
||||
|
||||
% Anyfontsize for using arbitrary font sizes
|
||||
\RequirePackage{anyfontsize}
|
||||
|
||||
% For dotted lines in tables
|
||||
\RequirePackage{arydshln}
|
||||
|
||||
% Boxes (for Info, Warning, etc.)
|
||||
\RequirePackage[framemethod=TikZ]{mdframed}
|
||||
|
||||
% Emojis
|
||||
\RequirePackage{twemojis}
|
||||
|
||||
% Euro Symbol
|
||||
\RequirePackage{eurosym}
|
||||
|
||||
% To add a watermark
|
||||
\RequirePackage{draftwatermark}
|
||||
|
||||
% Unicode Symbols
|
||||
\RequirePackage{utfsym}
|
||||
|
||||
% For the \textsubscript command
|
||||
\RequirePackage{accsupp}
|
||||
|
||||
% Modify TOC formatting
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tocloft}
|
||||
|
||||
% Fontawesome for icons
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fontawesome5}
|
||||
|
||||
% For better environment definitions
|
||||
\RequirePackage{environ}
|
||||
|
||||
% http://ctan.org/pkg/keyval
|
||||
\RequirePackage{keyval}
|
||||
|
||||
% For justified text
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ragged2e}
|
||||
|
||||
% FPeval for floating point calculations
|
||||
\RequirePackage{xfp}
|
||||
|
||||
% TikZ for drawing
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tikz}
|
||||
|
||||
% To refer to page text area
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tikzpagenodes}
|
||||
|
||||
% Pie Chart
|
||||
\RequirePackage{pgf-pie}
|
||||
|
||||
% Transparent images
|
||||
\RequirePackage{transparent}
|
||||
|
||||
% SVG images
|
||||
\RequirePackage{svg}
|
||||
|
||||
% Fontenc for font encoding
|
||||
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
|
||||
|
||||
% Fontspec for font selection
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fontspec}
|
||||
|
||||
% For the IfThenElse command
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
|
||||
|
||||
% Bophook for hooks
|
||||
\RequirePackage{bophook}
|
||||
|
||||
% For Arrays
|
||||
\RequirePackage{arrayjobx}
|
||||
|
||||
% For Headers and Footers
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
|
||||
% Command Patching
|
||||
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== /Imports ====
|
||||
56
HSRTReport/Imports/Content.tex
Normal file
56
HSRTReport/Imports/Content.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==== Content and Typography Packages ====
|
||||
% Packages for content formatting and typography
|
||||
|
||||
% Tables with fixed width columns
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tabularx}
|
||||
|
||||
% Tables spanning multiple pages
|
||||
\RequirePackage{longtable}
|
||||
|
||||
% Dotted lines in tables
|
||||
\RequirePackage{arydshln}
|
||||
|
||||
% Multi-row table cells
|
||||
\RequirePackage{multirow}
|
||||
|
||||
% Customized lists
|
||||
\RequirePackage{enumitem}
|
||||
|
||||
% Figure and table captions
|
||||
\RequirePackage{caption}
|
||||
|
||||
% Advanced float customization
|
||||
\RequirePackage{floatrow}
|
||||
|
||||
% Subfigures and subcaptions
|
||||
\RequirePackage[subrefformat=parens]{subcaption}
|
||||
|
||||
% Code listings with syntax highlighting
|
||||
\RequirePackage{listings}
|
||||
|
||||
% Hyphenation for monospaced fonts
|
||||
\RequirePackage[htt]{hyphenat}
|
||||
|
||||
% Mathematical symbols and fonts
|
||||
\RequirePackage{amsmath}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{amssymb}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{amsfonts}
|
||||
|
||||
% Additional symbols
|
||||
\RequirePackage{pifont}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{eurosym}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{utfsym}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{twemojis}
|
||||
|
||||
% Font Awesome icons
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fontawesome5}
|
||||
|
||||
% Justified text
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ragged2e}
|
||||
|
||||
% Subscript support
|
||||
\RequirePackage{accsupp}
|
||||
|
||||
% Info boxes and frames
|
||||
\RequirePackage[framemethod=TikZ]{mdframed}
|
||||
57
HSRTReport/Imports/Core.tex
Normal file
57
HSRTReport/Imports/Core.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==== Core Packages ====
|
||||
% Essential LaTeX packages for basic functionality
|
||||
|
||||
% Calculation package
|
||||
\RequirePackage{calc}
|
||||
|
||||
% Floating point calculations
|
||||
\RequirePackage[nomessages]{fp}% http://ctan.org/pkg/fp
|
||||
\RequirePackage{xfp}
|
||||
|
||||
% Key-value interface
|
||||
\RequirePackage{keyval}
|
||||
|
||||
% Conditional commands
|
||||
\RequirePackage{ifthen}
|
||||
|
||||
% Command patching
|
||||
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
|
||||
|
||||
% Array handling
|
||||
\RequirePackage{arrayjobx}
|
||||
|
||||
% Environment definitions
|
||||
\RequirePackage{environ}
|
||||
|
||||
% Hook management
|
||||
\RequirePackage{bophook}
|
||||
|
||||
% Counter manipulation
|
||||
\RequirePackage{chngcntr}
|
||||
|
||||
% Extended color support
|
||||
\RequirePackage{xcolor}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{color}
|
||||
|
||||
% Graphics support
|
||||
\RequirePackage{graphicx}
|
||||
|
||||
% SVG support
|
||||
\RequirePackage{svg}
|
||||
|
||||
% Transparent images
|
||||
\RequirePackage{transparent}
|
||||
|
||||
% Font encoding and selection
|
||||
\RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fontspec}
|
||||
|
||||
% Modern Latin fonts
|
||||
\RequirePackage{lmodern}
|
||||
|
||||
% Arbitrary font sizes
|
||||
\RequirePackage{anyfontsize}
|
||||
|
||||
% Silence package warnings
|
||||
\RequirePackage{silence}
|
||||
51
HSRTReport/Imports/Document.tex
Normal file
51
HSRTReport/Imports/Document.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==== Document Structure Packages ====
|
||||
% Packages for document layout and structure
|
||||
|
||||
% Language support
|
||||
\RequirePackage[ngerman]{babel}
|
||||
|
||||
% Page geometry
|
||||
\RequirePackage[a4paper, margin=2cm]{geometry}
|
||||
|
||||
% Bibliography management
|
||||
\RequirePackage[
|
||||
backend=biber,
|
||||
sorting=nyt,
|
||||
style=apa,
|
||||
citestyle=apa
|
||||
]{biblatex}
|
||||
|
||||
% Context-sensitive quotation marks
|
||||
\RequirePackage{csquotes}
|
||||
|
||||
% Glossaries and acronyms
|
||||
\RequirePackage[acronym, savenumberlist=true]{glossaries}
|
||||
|
||||
% Headers and footers
|
||||
\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
|
||||
|
||||
% Table of contents formatting
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tocloft}
|
||||
|
||||
% Line spacing
|
||||
\RequirePackage{setspace}
|
||||
|
||||
% Hyperlinks and references
|
||||
\RequirePackage{hyperref}
|
||||
|
||||
% Enhanced cross-references
|
||||
\RequirePackage[nameinlink, noabbrev]{cleveref}
|
||||
|
||||
% Watermark support
|
||||
\RequirePackage{draftwatermark}
|
||||
|
||||
% Verbatim text
|
||||
\RequirePackage{verbatim}
|
||||
|
||||
% Lorem ipsum text generation
|
||||
\RequirePackage{lipsum}
|
||||
\RequirePackage{blindtext}
|
||||
|
||||
% Quotations and epigraphs
|
||||
\RequirePackage{epigraph}
|
||||
15
HSRTReport/Imports/Graphics.tex
Normal file
15
HSRTReport/Imports/Graphics.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==== Graphics and Drawing Packages ====
|
||||
% Packages for graphics, diagrams, and TikZ drawings
|
||||
|
||||
% TikZ for drawing
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tikz}
|
||||
|
||||
% TikZ page nodes
|
||||
\RequirePackage{tikzpagenodes}
|
||||
|
||||
% PGF/TikZ libraries
|
||||
\RequirePackage{pgf}
|
||||
|
||||
% Pie charts
|
||||
\RequirePackage{pgf-pie}
|
||||
101
HSRTReport/Modules/Content/Listings.tex
Normal file
101
HSRTReport/Modules/Content/Listings.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
\lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,breaklines=true,numbers=left,frame=single,float=H}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{htmlCode} {
|
||||
language=html,
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{phpCode} {
|
||||
language=php,
|
||||
morekeywords={php},
|
||||
basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{jsCode} {
|
||||
language=javascript,
|
||||
morekeywords=,
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{shellCodeNOPASSWD} {
|
||||
language=sh,
|
||||
deletekeywords={for,kill,cat},
|
||||
morekeywords={sudo},
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=|, % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
numbers=none
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{shellCode} {
|
||||
language=sh,
|
||||
deletekeywords={},
|
||||
morekeywords={sudo,chmod,chown,cp,su,rm,python},
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{URL} {
|
||||
basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=|, % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
numbers=none
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% BLST
|
||||
|
||||
\definecolor{light-gray}{gray}{0.80}
|
||||
|
||||
\ExplSyntaxOn
|
||||
\tl_new:N \l_listings_boxed_options_tl
|
||||
\keys_define:nn { listings/boxed }
|
||||
{
|
||||
caption .tl_set:N = \l_listings_boxed_caption_tl,
|
||||
shortcaption .tl_set:N = \l_listings_boxed_shortcaption_tl,
|
||||
label .tl_set:N = \l_listings_boxed_label_tl,
|
||||
unknown .code:n =
|
||||
\tl_put_right:NV \l_listings_boxed_options_tl \l_keys_key_tl
|
||||
\tl_put_right:Nn \l_listings_boxed_options_tl { = #1 , },
|
||||
}
|
||||
\box_new:N \l_listings_boxed_box
|
||||
|
||||
\lstnewenvironment{blstlisting}[1][]
|
||||
{
|
||||
\nopagebreak[4]
|
||||
\keys_set:nn { listings/boxed } { #1 }
|
||||
\exp_args:NV \lstset \l_listings_boxed_options_tl
|
||||
\hbox_set:Nw \l_listings_boxed_box
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\hbox_set_end:
|
||||
\cs_set_eq:cc {c@figure} {c@lstlisting}
|
||||
\tl_set_eq:NN \figurename \lstlistingname
|
||||
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_listings_boxed_caption_tl
|
||||
{
|
||||
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l_listings_boxed_shortcaption_tl
|
||||
{
|
||||
\captionof{figure}{\l_listings_boxed_caption_tl}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\captionof{figure}[\l_listings_boxed_shortcaption_tl]{\l_listings_boxed_caption_tl}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_listings_boxed_label_tl { \label{\l_listings_boxed_label_tl} }
|
||||
}
|
||||
\leavevmode\box_use:N \l_listings_boxed_box
|
||||
\nopagebreak[3]
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ExplSyntaxOff
|
||||
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
\setlist[itemize]{leftmargin=*, itemsep=0pt, parsep=0pt}
|
||||
\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelfont=rm,justification=centerlast,font=small,margin=50pt}
|
||||
\floatsetup[table]{capposition=top}
|
||||
\floatsetup[image]{capposition=bottom}
|
||||
152
HSRTReport/Modules/Layout/Logos.tex
Normal file
152
HSRTReport/Modules/Layout/Logos.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../HSRTReport.cls
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Logos Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Logo management and positioning for title and footer pages
|
||||
% Author: Frederik Beimgraben
|
||||
% License: Creative Commons CC BY 4.0
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Logo Scale Settings
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\newcommand{\logosScale}{1}
|
||||
\newcommand{\mainLogoScale}{1}
|
||||
\newlength{\imageHeight}
|
||||
|
||||
% Set the scale for all logos
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\SetLogosScale}[1]{
|
||||
\renewcommand{\logosScale}{#1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Logo Array Management
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Configure array handling for global scope
|
||||
\let\newglobalarray\newarray
|
||||
\patchcmd{\newglobalarray}{\edef}{\xdef}{}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Enable array element expansion
|
||||
\expandarrayelementtrue
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Logo Storage Arrays
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Arrays to store logo properties
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosPaths
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosScales
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosOpacities
|
||||
\newglobalarray\LogosExtensions
|
||||
|
||||
% Counter for number of logos
|
||||
\newcounter{logoCounter}
|
||||
\setcounter{logoCounter}{0}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Logo Management Commands
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Add a logo to the arrays
|
||||
% Usage: \AddLogo{<Name>}{<Scale>}{<Opacity>}{<Extension>}
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\AddLogo}[4]{
|
||||
\stepcounter{logoCounter}
|
||||
\LogosPaths(\thelogoCounter)={#1}
|
||||
\LogosScales(\thelogoCounter)={#2}
|
||||
\LogosOpacities(\thelogoCounter)={#3}
|
||||
\LogosExtensions(\thelogoCounter)={#4}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Get opacity value for a specific logo
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\GetLogoOpacity}[1]{
|
||||
\expand{\LogosOpacities(#1)}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Title Page Data Management
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Token register to store title page data
|
||||
\newtoks\titlePageData
|
||||
\def\tand{&}
|
||||
\titlePageData={\tand}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add vertical space to title page data
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\AddTitlePageDataSpace}[1]{
|
||||
\titlePageData=\expandafter{\the\titlePageData \vspace{#1}}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add a data line to title page (key-value pair)
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\AddTitlePageDataLine}[2]{
|
||||
\titlePageData=\expandafter{\the\titlePageData\\ \textbf{#1}\tand #2}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Get formatted title page data table
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\GetTitlePageDataTable}{
|
||||
\begin{tabular}{@{} p{30mm} p{\textwidth-30mm-2\tabcolsep}}
|
||||
\the\titlePageData
|
||||
\end{tabular}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Background Graphics Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Path to skyline graphic
|
||||
\def\skylinePath{\classPath/Assets/Images/Skyline.svg}
|
||||
|
||||
% Footer positioning
|
||||
\newcommand{\footerYShift}{1.5em}
|
||||
\newcommand{\footerXShift}{0.7em}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Logo Placement on Pages
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Define logo positioning at beginning of each page
|
||||
\AtBeginPage{
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{2cm*\real{\mainLogoScale}*\real{\logosScale}*\real{0.45}}
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]
|
||||
% === Main Logo(s) ===
|
||||
\node[anchor=south east, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-\footerXShift, yshift=\footerYShift, opacity=0.0] (logo0) at (current page.south east) {
|
||||
\strcompare{\thepage}{1}{}{
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\imagesPath/DUMMY_FOOT.png}
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\ifnum\thepage=1
|
||||
\else
|
||||
% For loop to place all logos
|
||||
\foreach \i in {1,...,\value{logoCounter}} {
|
||||
% Calculate name for i-1
|
||||
\pgfmathtruncatemacro{\prev}{\i-1}
|
||||
\node[anchor=east, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-0.1cm, opacity=0.3] (logo\i) at (logo\prev.west) {
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\testarray{LogosScales}(\i)
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{1.5cm*\real{\temp@macro}*\real{\logosScale}*\real{0.55}}
|
||||
\testarray{LogosExtensions}(\i)
|
||||
\let\extension\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosOpacities}(\i)
|
||||
\let\opacity\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosPaths}(\i)
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\extension}{svg}}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includesvg[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
\fi
|
||||
% Skyline
|
||||
\node[anchor=south west, inner sep=0pt, yshift=0em] at (current page.south west) {
|
||||
\includesvg[width=1.5\paperwidth]{\skylinePath}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Logos Module
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
\lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,breaklines=true,numbers=left,frame=single}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{htmlCode} {
|
||||
language=html,
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{phpCode} {
|
||||
language=php,
|
||||
morekeywords={php},
|
||||
basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{jsCode} {
|
||||
language=javascript,
|
||||
morekeywords=,
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{shellCodeNOPASSWD} {
|
||||
language=sh,
|
||||
deletekeywords={for,kill,cat},
|
||||
morekeywords={sudo},
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=|, % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
numbers=none
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{shellCode} {
|
||||
language=sh,
|
||||
deletekeywords={},
|
||||
morekeywords={sudo,chmod,chown,cp,su,rm,python},
|
||||
basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
|
||||
keywordstyle=\color{blue}\bfseries\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=| % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\lstdefinestyle{URL} {
|
||||
basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,
|
||||
commentstyle=\color{gray}\ttfamily,
|
||||
escapechar=|, % Escape to LaTeX between |...|
|
||||
numbers=none
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% BLST
|
||||
|
||||
\definecolor{light-gray}{gray}{0.80}
|
||||
|
||||
\ExplSyntaxOn
|
||||
\tl_new:N \l_listings_boxed_options_tl
|
||||
\keys_define:nn { listings/boxed }
|
||||
{
|
||||
caption .tl_set:N = \l_listings_boxed_caption_tl,
|
||||
shortcaption .tl_set:N = \l_listings_boxed_shortcaption_tl,
|
||||
label .tl_set:N = \l_listings_boxed_label_tl,
|
||||
unknown .code:n =
|
||||
\tl_put_right:NV \l_listings_boxed_options_tl \l_keys_key_tl
|
||||
\tl_put_right:Nn \l_listings_boxed_options_tl { = #1 , },
|
||||
}
|
||||
\box_new:N \l_listings_boxed_box
|
||||
|
||||
\lstnewenvironment{blstlisting}[1][]
|
||||
{
|
||||
\keys_set:nn { listings/boxed } { #1 }
|
||||
\exp_args:NV \lstset \l_listings_boxed_options_tl
|
||||
\hbox_set:Nw \l_listings_boxed_box
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\hbox_set_end:
|
||||
\cs_set_eq:cc {c@figure} {c@lstlisting}
|
||||
\tl_set_eq:NN \figurename \lstlistingname
|
||||
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_listings_boxed_caption_tl
|
||||
{
|
||||
\tl_if_empty:NTF \l_listings_boxed_shortcaption_tl
|
||||
{
|
||||
\captionof{figure}{\l_listings_boxed_caption_tl}
|
||||
}
|
||||
{
|
||||
\captionof{figure}[\l_listings_boxed_shortcaption_tl]{\l_listings_boxed_caption_tl}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\tl_if_empty:NF \l_listings_boxed_label_tl { \label{\l_listings_boxed_label_tl} }
|
||||
}
|
||||
\leavevmode\box_use:N \l_listings_boxed_box
|
||||
}
|
||||
\ExplSyntaxOff
|
||||
@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\tableDot}[1]{
|
||||
\strcompare{#1}{true}{
|
||||
$\bullet$
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\hspace{1em}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\PresenceTableLine}[8]{
|
||||
% Name | Note | ab* | bis* | STUPA? | AStA? | Anwesend? | Online?
|
||||
#1 & \textit{#2} & #3 & #4 & \tableDot{#5} & \tableDot{#6} & \tableDot{#7} & \tableDot{#8} \\[-1em]
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\PresenceTableSums}[4]{
|
||||
\textbf{Summe} & & & & \textbf{#1} & \textbf{#2} & \textbf{#3} & \textbf{#4} \\
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\rotFull}[1]{
|
||||
\rotatebox{90}{#1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\rotFF}[1]{
|
||||
\rotatebox{45}{#1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\dotsColumnWidth}{0.75em}
|
||||
|
||||
\DeclareRobustCommand{\PresenceTable}[1] {
|
||||
\begin{center}
|
||||
\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{X X | >{\centering\arraybackslash}p{2.5em} >{\centering\arraybackslash}p{2.5em} | >{\centering\arraybackslash}p{\dotsColumnWidth} >{\centering\arraybackslash}p{\dotsColumnWidth} >{\centering\arraybackslash}p{\dotsColumnWidth} >{\centering\arraybackslash}p{\dotsColumnWidth}}
|
||||
\textbf{Name} & \textit{\textbf{Notiz/Rolle*}} & \textbf{\textit{ab*}} & \textit{\textbf{bis*}} & \rotFull{\textbf{STUPA}} & \rotFull{\textbf{AStA}} & \rotFull{\textbf{Präsent}} & \rotFull{\textbf{Online}} \\
|
||||
\specialrule{.2em}{.05em}{.05em} \addlinespace[1ex]
|
||||
#1
|
||||
\end{tabularx}
|
||||
\end{center}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==== TOC ====
|
||||
% Set the toc page style to fancy
|
||||
\tocloftpagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
% Page Numbering in the Table of Contents
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftchappagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsubsecpagefont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
|
||||
% Chap/Sec/... Title in the Table of Contents
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftchapfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
\renewcommand\cftsubsubsecfont{\blenderfont\color{gray}}
|
||||
13
HSRTReport/Modules/Tools/WordCount.tex
Normal file
13
HSRTReport/Modules/Tools/WordCount.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% Source: https://docs.overleaf.com/writing-and-editing/using-word-count
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\quickwordcount}[1]{%
|
||||
\immediate\write18{texcount -1 -sum -merge -q #1.tex > Build/words.sum }%
|
||||
\input{Build/words.sum} words%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\detailtexcount}[1]{%
|
||||
\immediate\write18{texcount -merge -sum -q #1.tex > Build/.wcdetail }%
|
||||
\verbatiminput{Build/.wcdetail}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==== Page Style ====
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
% Line spacing
|
||||
\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.5}
|
||||
@ -3,77 +3,86 @@
|
||||
\newcommand{\createdon}[1]{\gdef\@createdon{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand{\maketitle}{
|
||||
\providecommand{\titlepageabstract}{%
|
||||
Dies ist ein Beispiel für ein Abstract. Es sollte eine kurze Zusammenfassung des Inhalts des Seminars sein.
|
||||
}
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{2cm*\real{\mainLogoScale}*\real{\logosScale}}
|
||||
\begin{titlepage}
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]
|
||||
\node[anchor=south east, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-0.1cm, yshift=0.1cm] (heart) at (current page.south east) {
|
||||
\tiny\color{gray}\blenderfont Made with {\ensuremath\heartsuit} in \LaTeX
|
||||
};
|
||||
\node[anchor=north west, inner sep=0pt, xshift=1.3cm, yshift=-1.5cm, opacity=0] (logo0) at (current page.north west) {
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\imagesPath/DUMMY_FOOT.png}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\foreach \i in {1,...,\value{logoCounter}} {
|
||||
% Calculate name for i-1
|
||||
\pgfmathtruncatemacro{\prev}{\i-1}
|
||||
\node[anchor=west, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-0.1cm, opacity=0.3] (logo\i) at (logo\prev.east) {
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\testarray{LogosScales}(\i)
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{1.5cm*\real{\temp@macro}*\real{\logosScale}}
|
||||
\testarray{LogosExtensions}(\i)
|
||||
\let\extension\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosOpacities}(\i)
|
||||
\let\opacity\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosPaths}(\i)
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\extension}{svg}}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includesvg[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\providecommand{\titlepageabstract}{%
|
||||
Dies ist ein Beispiel für ein Abstract. Es sollte eine kurze Zusammenfassung des Inhalts des Seminars sein.
|
||||
}
|
||||
\providecommand{\titlepagekeywords}{%
|
||||
Seminararbeit, Beispiel, Abstract, Zusammenfassung, Inhaltsverzeichnis
|
||||
}
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{2cm*\real{\mainLogoScale}*\real{\logosScale}}
|
||||
\begin{titlepage}
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}[overlay, remember picture]
|
||||
\node[anchor=south east, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-0.1cm, yshift=0.1cm] (heart) at (current page.south east) {
|
||||
\tiny\color{gray}\blenderfont Made with {\ensuremath\heartsuit} in \LaTeX
|
||||
};
|
||||
\node[anchor=north west, inner sep=0pt, xshift=1.3cm, yshift=-1.5cm, opacity=0] (logo0) at (current page.north west) {
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\imagesPath/DUMMY_FOOT.png}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\foreach \i in {1,...,\value{logoCounter}} {
|
||||
% Calculate name for i-1
|
||||
\pgfmathtruncatemacro{\prev}{\i-1}
|
||||
\node[anchor=west, inner sep=0pt, xshift=-0.1cm, opacity=0.3] (logo\i) at (logo\prev.east) {
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\testarray{LogosScales}(\i)
|
||||
\setlength{\imageHeight}{1.5cm*\real{\temp@macro}*\real{\logosScale}}
|
||||
\testarray{LogosExtensions}(\i)
|
||||
\let\extension\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosOpacities}(\i)
|
||||
\let\opacity\temp@macro
|
||||
\testarray{LogosPaths}(\i)
|
||||
\ifthenelse{\equal{\extension}{svg}}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includesvg[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}{
|
||||
\begin{tikzpicture}
|
||||
\node[opacity=\opacity] {
|
||||
\includegraphics[height=\imageHeight]{\classPath/Assets/Images/\temp@macro.\extension}
|
||||
};
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{tikzpicture}
|
||||
|
||||
\vskip 10em
|
||||
\vskip 10em
|
||||
|
||||
\begin{flushleft}
|
||||
% title
|
||||
{
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\color{black}\textbf{
|
||||
\blenderfont\Huge\hspace*{-2.5pt}\@title
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\color{black}
|
||||
\vspace*{-0.5em}
|
||||
\rule{\textwidth}{0.5mm}
|
||||
\\
|
||||
\begin{flushleft}
|
||||
% title
|
||||
{
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\color{black}\textbf{
|
||||
\blenderfont\Huge\hspace*{-2.5pt}\@title
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\color{black}
|
||||
\vspace*{-0.5em}
|
||||
\rule{\textwidth}{0.5mm}
|
||||
\\
|
||||
|
||||
% abstract
|
||||
\vspace{2em}
|
||||
\setstretch{1.0}
|
||||
\section*{Abstract}
|
||||
\titlepageabstract
|
||||
\end{flushleft}
|
||||
% abstract
|
||||
\vspace{2em}
|
||||
\setstretch{1.0}
|
||||
\section*{Abstract}
|
||||
\titlepageabstract
|
||||
{
|
||||
\vspace*{1em}
|
||||
\newline
|
||||
\textbf{Keywords}\newline\titlepagekeywords
|
||||
}
|
||||
\end{flushleft}
|
||||
|
||||
\vskip 7em
|
||||
\vskip 7em
|
||||
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
% table
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\setstretch{1.0}
|
||||
\vfill
|
||||
% table
|
||||
\noindent
|
||||
\setstretch{1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
\GetTitlePageDataTable
|
||||
\end{titlepage}
|
||||
\GetTitlePageDataTable
|
||||
\end{titlepage}
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy} % Activate fancy page style after title page
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
622
Main.bib
622
Main.bib
@ -1,558 +1,90 @@
|
||||
|
||||
@article{ott_einfluss_2021,
|
||||
title = {Einfluss transkranieller Gleichstromstimulation auf das motorische Lernen bei Patienten mit wiederholten Schädelhirntraumen},
|
||||
rights = {http://www.fu-berlin.de/sites/refubium/rechtliches/Nutzungsbedingungen},
|
||||
url = {https://refubium.fu-berlin.de/handle/fub188/31761},
|
||||
doi = {10.17169/refubium-31493},
|
||||
abstract = {Sportler, die repetitiv milde Schädelhirntraumen ({SHT}) erlitten haben, zeigen neben neurokognitiven und motorischen Defizite auch ein erhöhtes Risiko zur Entwicklung einer neurodegenerativen Erkrankung ({McKee} et al. 2009, Tremblay et al. 2012, Deak et al. 2016), wie auch eine erhöhte {GABA}-erge Aktivität mit entsprechender Inhibition der {LTP} (Tremblay et al. 2011). Eine verminderte {LTP} führt bei Personen mit repetitiven {SHTs} zu einer Verminderung des motorischen Lernens (De Beaumont et al. 2012). Die transkranielle Gleichstromstimulation ({tDCS}) ist eine nicht-invasive und sichere Methode zur Neuromodulation (Poreizs et al. 2007) und führt zu einer Verminderung von {GABA}-ergen neuronalen Funktionen (Stagg et al. 2011b, Stagg et al. 2011d). Ziel der vorliegenden Studie ist es zu untersuchen, (1) ob bei jungen klinisch gesunden Probanden, die repetitive milde {SHTs} im Rahmen von sportlichen Aktivitäten erlitten haben, subklinische kognitive und motorische Defizite vorliegen und (2) ob anodale {tDCS} über dem primären Motorkortex zu einer Verbesserung der motorischen Lernfähigkeit führt. Insgesamt wurden 35 junge Probanden (20 gesunde Kontrollprobanden und 15 Probanden mit mindestens zwei milden {SHTs} im Rahmen einer sportlichen Aktivität) untersucht. Neben einer neurokognitiven Testung erfolgten in einem einwöchigen Abstand zwei Sitzungen mit motorischen Testungen. Zuerst wurde jeweils das explizite motorische Lernen, mittels Force Motortask, und dann das implizite Lernen, mittels Serial Reaction Time Task ({SRTT}), getestet. Nach randomisierter Zuteilung erfolgte an einem Termin eine anodale und am anderen Termin eine Scheinstimulation über dem linken primären motorischen Kortex während dem Force Motortask.
|
||||
In der Patientengruppe zeigten sich im Vergleich zur Kontrollgruppe signifikante kognitive Defizite im Bereich des Kurzzeitgedächtnisses (p = 0,03) und der verbalen Flüssigkeit (p {\textless} 0,05). Desweiteren wurde durch die anodale Stimulation das explizite Lernen inhibiert (p = 0,02). Anodale offline {tDCS} führt zu einer initialen, nicht signifikanten Verbesserung des impliziten motorischen Lernens. Anodale {tDCS} zeigte in der Kontrollgruppe weder auf das explizierte noch das implizierte Lernen einen Effekt.
|
||||
Dies ist die erste Studie, die den stimulatorischen Effekt auf das motorische Lernen von Probanden, die repetitiv milde {SHTs} erlitten haben, untersucht. Es sind somit zukünftig weitere Forschungen zur Pathophysiologie und möglichen chronischen Folgezuständen nach repetitiven milden {SHTs}, sowie zum Einfluss anodaler {tDCS} auf motorische Fähigkeiten in dieser Probandengruppe nötig.},
|
||||
author = {Ott, Stefanie},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2021},
|
||||
note = {Accepted: 2021-12-01T10:19:05Z},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/9XZMZB82/Ott - 2021 - Einfluss transkranieller Gleichstromstimulation auf das motorische Lernen bei Patienten mit wiederho.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Bibliography Database
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: This file contains all bibliographic references for the document.
|
||||
% Entries are in BibTeX format and are processed by BibLaTeX/Biber.
|
||||
% Format: Standard BibTeX format with additional BibLaTeX fields
|
||||
% Usage: Cite entries using \cite{key}, \textcite{key}, \parencite{key}
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Entry Types Overview
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% article - Journal articles
|
||||
% book - Books
|
||||
% inbook - Chapter or section in a book
|
||||
% incollection - Part of a book with its own title
|
||||
% inproceedings - Conference paper
|
||||
% manual - Technical documentation
|
||||
% mastersthesis - Master's thesis
|
||||
% phdthesis - PhD dissertation
|
||||
% techreport - Technical report
|
||||
% unpublished - Unpublished work
|
||||
% online - Online resources
|
||||
% misc - Everything else
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Books
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@book{ahrens2014,
|
||||
author = {Ahrens, V.},
|
||||
title = {Abschlussarbeiten richtig gliedern in Naturwissenschaften, Technik und Wirtschaft},
|
||||
year = {2014},
|
||||
publisher = {vdf Hochschulverlag AG an der ETH Zürich},
|
||||
address = {Zürich},
|
||||
language = {german}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{neubauer_intelligenzsteigerung_2022,
|
||||
title = {Intelligenzsteigerung durch Neuroenhancement?},
|
||||
volume = {73},
|
||||
issn = {0033-3042},
|
||||
url = {https://econtent.hogrefe.com/doi/abs/10.1026/0033-3042/a000599},
|
||||
doi = {10.1026/0033-3042/a000599},
|
||||
abstract = {Zusammenfassung. Die menschliche Intelligenz gehört zu den bestuntersuchten psychologischen Merkmalen, in denen interindividuelle Differenzen bestehen. Die mehr als 100jährige Forschungsgeschichte hat einen hoch belastbaren Wissensstand hervorgebracht; dieser umfasst die Definition, die Psychometrie, die (ontogenetische) Entwicklung, die Struktur, die Vorhersagekraft für real-life-Variablen, das Wissen über elementar-kognitive, verhaltensgenetische und neurobiologische Grundlagen der Intelligenz, u.v.m. Jüngst steht zudem die Frage des ‚enhancements‘ der Intelligenz im Fokus, eine Frage, die nicht zuletzt durch die aktuelle philosophische Strömung des Transhumanismus stark an Bedeutung gewinnt. Der Transhumanismus nimmt eine substanzielle Erhöhung (enhancement) von Fähigkeiten und anderen (auch) psychologischen Eigenschaften des Menschen ins Zentrum und postuliert, dass ein soziokultureller Fortschritt – und letztlich das Überlegen des Homo Sapiens und unseres Planeten – erst durch technologischen Fortschritt ermöglicht werde. Viele Transhumanisten stellen eine substanzielle Steigerung der Intelligenz in den Vordergrund, die primär durch (neuro–)technologische und pharmakologische Maßnahmen zu bewerkstelligen seien. Diese Debatten sind jedoch oft gekennzeichnet durch übertrieben optimistische Annahmen der Möglichkeiten moderner neurowissenschaftlicher Methoden bei gleichzeitiger Vernachlässigung der potenziellen negativen Folgen für das Individuum, für die Gesellschaften und insgesamt für unsere Spezies. Im gegenständlichen Überblicksbeitrag werden behaviorale, neuroelektrische und pharmakologische Methoden im Hinblick auf ihr aktuelles Potenzial einer Steigerung der individuellen Intelligenz analysiert. Die zwischenzeitlich zu diesen Fragen vorliegenden experimentellen Studien, sowie verfügbare Metaanalysen lassen allerdings den Schluss zu, dass bislang keine der gegenwärtig verfügbaren Methoden das Potenzial haben, die individuelle Intelligenz substanziell zu steigern. Und selbst falls solche möglicherweise in absehbarer Zeit zur Verfügung stünden, müssen zuvor sowohl individuelle als auch gesellschaftliche (negative) Konsequenzen einer kritischen Analyse unterzogen werden. Diese sind Gegenstand einer abschließenden Diskussion.},
|
||||
pages = {190--203},
|
||||
number = {3},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Psychologische Rundschau},
|
||||
author = {Neubauer, Aljoscha C. and Wood, Guilherme},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2022-07},
|
||||
note = {Publisher: Hogrefe Verlag},
|
||||
keywords = {Arbeitsgedächtnistraining, enhancement, Enhancement, intelligence, Intelligenz, transcranial stimulation, transhumanism, Transhumanismus, Transkranielle Stimulation, working memory training},
|
||||
@book{brunner2015,
|
||||
author = {Brunner, H. and Knietel, D. and Mader, R. and Resinger, P.},
|
||||
title = {Leitfaden zur Bachelor- und Masterarbeit},
|
||||
year = {2015},
|
||||
publisher = {Tectum Verlag},
|
||||
address = {Marburg},
|
||||
language = {german}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{luber_enhancement_2014,
|
||||
title = {Enhancement of human cognitive performance using transcranial magnetic stimulation ({TMS})},
|
||||
volume = {85},
|
||||
issn = {1053-8119},
|
||||
url = {https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4083569/},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.neuroimage.2013.06.007},
|
||||
abstract = {Here we review the usefulness of transcranial magnetic stimulation ({TMS}) in modulating cortical networks in ways that might produce performance enhancements in healthy human subjects. To date over sixty studies have reported significant improvements in speed and accuracy in a variety of tasks involving perceptual, motor, and executive processing. Two basic categories of enhancement mechanisms are suggested by this literature: direct modulation of a cortical region or network that leads to more efficient processing, and addition-by-subtraction, which is disruption of processing which competes or distracts from task performance. Potential applications of {TMS} cognitive enhancement, including research into cortical function, rehabilitation therapy in neurological and psychiatric illness, and accelerated skill acquisition in healthy individuals are discussed, as are methods of optimizing the magnitude and duration of {TMS}-induced performance enhancement, such as improvement of targeting through further integration of brain imaging with {TMS}. One technique, combining multiple sessions of {TMS} with concurrent {TMS}/task performance to induce Hebbian-like learning, appears to be promising for prolonging enhancement effects. While further refinements in the application of {TMS} to cognitive enhancement can still be made, and questions remain regarding the mechanisms underlying the observed effects, this appears to be a fruitful area of investigation that may shed light on the basic mechanisms of cognitive function and their therapeutic modulation.},
|
||||
pages = {961--970},
|
||||
number = {0},
|
||||
journaltitle = {{NeuroImage}},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Neuroimage},
|
||||
author = {Luber, Bruce and Lisanby, \{and\} Sarah H.},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2014-01-15},
|
||||
pmid = {23770409},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC4083569},
|
||||
@book{hahner2011,
|
||||
author = {Hahner, M. and Scheide, W. and Wilke-Thissen, E.},
|
||||
title = {Wissenschaftliche[s] Arbeiten mit Word 2010},
|
||||
year = {2011},
|
||||
publisher = {O'Reilly Verlag GmbH \& Co. KG},
|
||||
address = {Köln},
|
||||
language = {german}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{bennabi_transcranial_2014,
|
||||
title = {Transcranial direct current stimulation for memory enhancement: from clinical research to animal models},
|
||||
volume = {8},
|
||||
issn = {1662-5137},
|
||||
url = {https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4154388/},
|
||||
doi = {10.3389/fnsys.2014.00159},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Transcranial direct current stimulation for memory enhancement},
|
||||
abstract = {There is a growing demand for new brain-enhancing technologies to improve mental performance, both for patients with cognitive disorders and for healthy individuals. Transcranial direct current stimulation ({tDCS}) is a non-invasive, painless, and easy to use neuromodulatory technique that can improve performance on a variety of cognitive tasks in humans despite its exact mode of action remains unclear. We have conducted a mini-review of the literature to first briefly summarize the growing amount of data from clinical trials assessing the efficacy of {tDCS}, focusing exclusively on learning and memory performances in healthy human subjects and in patients with depression, schizophrenia, and other neurological disorders. We then discuss these findings in the context of the strikingly few studies resulting from animal research. Finally, we highlight future directions and limitations in this field and emphasize the need to develop translational studies to better understand how {tDCS} improves memory, a necessary condition before it can be used as a therapeutic tool.},
|
||||
pages = {159},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Frontiers in Systems Neuroscience},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Front Syst Neurosci},
|
||||
author = {Bennabi, Djamila and Pedron, Solène and Haffen, Emmanuel and Monnin, Julie and Peterschmitt, Yvan and Van Waes, Vincent},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2014-09-04},
|
||||
pmid = {25237299},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC4154388},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/RYFH7G7A/Bennabi et al. - 2014 - Transcranial direct current stimulation for memory enhancement from clinical research to animal mod.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
@book{reiter2011,
|
||||
author = {Reiter, M.},
|
||||
title = {Schreibtipps für Studierende},
|
||||
year = {2011},
|
||||
publisher = {Schäffer-Poeschel Verlag},
|
||||
address = {Stuttgart},
|
||||
language = {german}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{cavaleiro_memory_2020,
|
||||
title = {Memory and Cognition-Related Neuroplasticity Enhancement by Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation in Rodents: A Systematic Review},
|
||||
volume = {2020},
|
||||
issn = {1687-5443},
|
||||
doi = {10.1155/2020/4795267},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Memory and Cognition-Related Neuroplasticity Enhancement by Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation in Rodents},
|
||||
abstract = {Brain stimulation techniques, including transcranial direct current stimulation ({tDCS}), were identified as promising therapeutic tools to modulate synaptic plasticity abnormalities and minimize memory and learning deficits in many neuropsychiatric diseases. Here, we revised the effect of {tDCS} on the modulation of neuroplasticity and cognition in several animal disease models of brain diseases affecting plasticity and cognition. Studies included in this review were searched following the terms ("transcranial direct current stimulation") {AND} (mice {OR} mouse {OR} animal) and according to the {PRISMA} statement requirements. Overall, the studies collected suggest that {tDCS} was able to modulate brain plasticity due to synaptic modifications within the stimulated area. Changes in plasticity-related mechanisms were achieved through induction of long-term potentiation ({LTP}) and upregulation of neuroplasticity-related proteins, such as c-fos, brain-derived neurotrophic factor ({BDNF}), or N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors ({NMDARs}). Taken into account all revised studies, {tDCS} is a safe, easy, and noninvasive brain stimulation technique, therapeutically reliable, and with promising potential to promote cognitive enhancement and neuroplasticity. Since the use of {tDCS} has increased as a novel therapeutic approach in humans, animal studies are important to better understand its mechanisms as well as to help improve the stimulation protocols and their potential role in different neuropathologies.},
|
||||
pages = {4795267},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Neural Plasticity},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Neural Plast},
|
||||
author = {Cavaleiro, Carla and Martins, João and Gonçalves, Joana and Castelo-Branco, Miguel},
|
||||
date = {2020},
|
||||
pmid = {32211039},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC7061127},
|
||||
keywords = {Animals, Brain, Cognition, Disease Models, Animal, Learning, Memory, Neuronal Plasticity, Neurons, Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/RZFWTQ32/Cavaleiro et al. - 2020 - Memory and Cognition-Related Neuroplasticity Enhancement by Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
@book{theisen2013,
|
||||
author = {Theisen, M. R.},
|
||||
title = {Wissenschaftliches Arbeiten},
|
||||
year = {2013},
|
||||
publisher = {Verlag Franz Vahlen GmbH},
|
||||
address = {München},
|
||||
language = {german}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{meinzer_investigating_2024,
|
||||
title = {Investigating the neural mechanisms of transcranial direct current stimulation effects on human cognition: current issues and potential solutions},
|
||||
volume = {18},
|
||||
issn = {1662-453X},
|
||||
url = {https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neuroscience/articles/10.3389/fnins.2024.1389651/full},
|
||||
doi = {10.3389/fnins.2024.1389651},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Investigating the neural mechanisms of transcranial direct current stimulation effects on human cognition},
|
||||
abstract = {Transcranial direct current stimulation ({tDCS}) has been studied extensively for its potential to enhance human cognitive functions in healthy individuals and to treat cognitive impairment in various clinical populations. However, little is known about how {tDCS} modulates the neural networks supporting cognition and the complex interplay with mediating factors that may explain the frequently observed variability of stimulation effects within and between studies. Moreover, research in this field has been characterized by substantial methodological variability, frequent lack of rigorous experimental control and small sample sizes, thereby limiting the generalizability of findings and translational potential of {tDCS}.The present manuscript aims to delineate how these important issues can be addressed within a neuroimaging context, to reveal the neural underpinnings, predictors and mediators of {tDCS}-induced behavioral modulation. We will focus on functional magnetic resonance imaging ({fMRI}), because it allows the investigation of {tDCS} effects with excellent spatial precision and sufficient temporal resolution across the entire brain. Moreover, high resolution structural imaging data can be acquired for precise localization of stimulation effects, verification of electrode positions on the scalp and realistic current modeling based on individual head and brain anatomy. However, the general principles outlined in this review will also be applicable to other imaging modalities.Following an introduction to the overall state-of-the-art in this field, we will discuss in more detail the underlying causes of variability in previous {tDCS} studies. Moreover, we will elaborate on design considerations for {tDCS}-{fMRI} studies, optimization of {tDCS} and imaging protocols and how to assure high-level experimental control. Two additional sections address the pressing need for more systematic investigation of {tDCS} effects across the healthy human lifespan and implications for {tDCS} studies in age-associated disease, and potential benefits of establishing large-scale, multidisciplinary consortia for more coordinated {tDCS} research in the future.We hope that this review will contribute to more coordinated, methodologically sound, transparent and reproducible research in this field. Ultimately, our aim is to facilitate a better understanding of the underlying mechanisms by which {tDCS} modulates human cognitive functions and more effective and individually tailored translational and clinical applications of this technique in the future.},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Frontiers in Neuroscience},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Front. Neurosci.},
|
||||
author = {Meinzer, Marcus and Shahbabaie, Alireza and Antonenko, Daria and Blankenburg, Felix and Fischer, Rico and Hartwigsen, Gesa and Nitsche, Michael A. and Li, Shu-Chen and Thielscher, Axel and Timmann, Dagmar and Waltemath, Dagmar and Abdelmotaleb, Mohamed and Kocataş, Harun and Caisachana Guevara, Leonardo M. and Batsikadze, Giorgi and Grundei, Miro and Cunha, Teresa and Hayek, Dayana and Turker, Sabrina and Schlitt, Frederik and Shi, Yiquan and Khan, Asad and Burke, Michael and Riemann, Steffen and Niemann, Filip and Flöel, Agnes},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2024-06-18},
|
||||
note = {Publisher: Frontiers},
|
||||
keywords = {Cognition, Consortia, Design optimization, Experimental control, Lifespan, {tDCS}-{fMRI}, {TES}, variability},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/EYMSBQRL/Meinzer et al. - 2024 - Investigating the neural mechanisms of transcranial direct current stimulation effects on human cogn.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
@book{wagner2007,
|
||||
author = {Wagner, L.},
|
||||
title = {Die wissenschaftliche Abschlussarbeit},
|
||||
year = {2007},
|
||||
publisher = {Verlag Dr. Müller},
|
||||
address = {Saarbrücken},
|
||||
language = {german}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{woods_technical_2016,
|
||||
title = {A technical guide to {tDCS}, and related non-invasive brain stimulation tools},
|
||||
volume = {127},
|
||||
issn = {1388-2457},
|
||||
url = {https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4747791/},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.clinph.2015.11.012},
|
||||
abstract = {Transcranial electrical stimulation ({tES}), including transcranial direct and alternating current stimulation ({tDCS}, {tACS}) are non-invasive brain stimulation techniques increasingly used for modulation of central nervous system excitability in humans. Here we address methodological issues required for {tES} application. This review covers technical aspects of {tES}, as well as applications like exploration of brain physiology, modelling approaches, {tES} in cognitive neurosciences, and interventional approaches. It aims to help the reader to appropriately design and conduct studies involving these brain stimulation techniques, understand limitations and avoid shortcomings, which might hamper the scientific rigor and potential applications in the clinical domain.},
|
||||
pages = {1031--1048},
|
||||
number = {2},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Clinical neurophysiology : official journal of the International Federation of Clinical Neurophysiology},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Clin Neurophysiol},
|
||||
author = {Woods, {AJ} and Antal, A and Bikson, M and Boggio, {PS} and Brunoni, {AR} and Celnik, P and Cohen, {LG} and Fregni, F and Herrmann, {CS} and Kappenman, {ES} and Knotkova, H and Liebetanz, D and Miniussi, C and Miranda, {PC} and Paulus, W and Priori, A and Reato, D and Stagg, C and Wenderoth, N and Nitsche, {MA}},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2016-02},
|
||||
pmid = {26652115},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC4747791},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/ET3AFXRY/Woods et al. - 2016 - A technical guide to tDCS, and related non-invasive brain stimulation tools.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{li_effects_2024,
|
||||
title = {Effects of Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation on Cognitive Function in Older Adults with and without Mild Cognitive Impairment: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized Controlled Trials},
|
||||
volume = {70},
|
||||
issn = {0304-324X},
|
||||
url = {https://doi.org/10.1159/000537848},
|
||||
doi = {10.1159/000537848},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Effects of Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation on Cognitive Function in Older Adults with and without Mild Cognitive Impairment},
|
||||
abstract = {Introduction: Noninvasive brain stimulation ({NIBS}) has shown benefits for cognitive function in older adults. However, the effects of transcranial direct current stimulation ({tDCS}) on cognitive function in older adults are inconsistent across studies, and the evidence for {tDCS} has limitations. We aim to explore whether {tDCS} can improve cognitive function and different cognitive domains (i.e., learning and memory and executive function) in adults aged 65 years and older with and without mild cognitive impairment and to further analyze the influencing factors of {tDCS}. Methods: Five English databases ({PubMed}, Cochrane Library, {EMBASE}, Web of Science, the cumulative Index to Nursing and Allied Health Literature [{CINAHL}]) and four Chinese databases were searched from inception to October 14, 2023. Literature screening, data extraction, and quality assessment were completed independently by two reviewers. All statistical analyses were conducted using {RevMan} software (version 5.3). Standardized mean difference ({SMD}) along with a 95\% confidence interval ({CI}) was used to express the effect size of the outcomes, and a random-effect model was also used. Results: A total of 10 {RCTs} and 1,761 participants were included in the meta-analysis, and the risk of bias in those studies was relatively low. A significant effect favoring {tDCS} on immediate postintervention cognitive function ({SMD} = 0.16, Z = 2.36, p = 0.02) was found. However, the effects on immediate postintervention learning and memory ({SMD} = 0.20, Z = 2.00, p = 0.05) and executive function ({SMD} = 0.10, Z = 1.22, p = 0.22), and 1-month postintervention cognitive function ({SMD} = 0.12, Z = 1.50, p = 0.13), learning and memory ({SMD} = 0.17, Z = 1.39, p = 0.16), and executive function ({SMD} = 0.08, Z = 0.67, p = 0.51) were not statistically significant. Conclusion: {tDCS} can significantly improve the immediate postintervention cognitive function of healthy older adults and {MCI} elderly individuals. Additional longitudinal extensive sample studies are required to clarify the specific effects of {tDCS} on different cognitive domains, and the optimal {tDCS} parameters need to be explored to guide clinical practice.},
|
||||
pages = {544--560},
|
||||
number = {5},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Gerontology},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Gerontology},
|
||||
author = {Li, Sijia and Tang, Ying and Zhou, You and Ni, Yunxia},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2024-03-08},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/ABXTN2K9/Li et al. - 2024 - Effects of Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation on Cognitive Function in Older Adults with and wi.pdf:application/pdf;Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/AP8WANKP/000537848.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@inproceedings{hamilton_neural_2015,
|
||||
title = {Neural signal processing and closed-loop control algorithm design for an implanted neural recording and stimulation system},
|
||||
url = {https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7320207},
|
||||
doi = {10.1109/EMBC.2015.7320207},
|
||||
abstract = {A fully autonomous intracranial device is built to continually record neural activities in different parts of the brain, process these sampled signals, decode features that correlate to behaviors and neuropsychiatric states, and use these features to deliver brain stimulation in a closed-loop fashion. In this paper, we describe the sampling and stimulation aspects of such a device. We first describe the signal processing algorithms of two unsupervised spike sorting methods. Next, we describe the {LFP} time-frequency analysis and feature derivation from the two spike sorting methods. Spike sorting includes a novel approach to constructing a dictionary learning algorithm in a Compressed Sensing ({CS}) framework. We present a joint prediction scheme to determine the class of neural spikes in the dictionary learning framework; and, the second approach is a modified {OSort} algorithm which is implemented in a distributed system optimized for power efficiency. Furthermore, sorted spikes and time-frequency analysis of {LFP} signals can be used to generate derived features (including cross-frequency coupling, spike-field coupling). We then show how these derived features can be used in the design and development of novel decode and closed-loop control algorithms that are optimized to apply deep brain stimulation based on a patient's neuropsychiatric state. For the control algorithm, we define the state vector as representative of a patient's impulsivity, avoidance, inhibition, etc. Controller parameters are optimized to apply stimulation based on the state vector's current state as well as its historical values. The overall algorithm and software design for our implantable neural recording and stimulation system uses an innovative, adaptable, and reprogrammable architecture that enables advancement of the state-of-the-art in closed-loop neural control while also meeting the challenges of system power constraints and concurrent development with ongoing scientific research designed to define brain network connectivity and neural network dynamics that vary at the individual patient level and vary over time.},
|
||||
eventtitle = {2015 37th Annual International Conference of the {IEEE} Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society ({EMBC})},
|
||||
pages = {7831--7836},
|
||||
booktitle = {2015 37th Annual International Conference of the {IEEE} Engineering in Medicine and Biology Society ({EMBC})},
|
||||
author = {Hamilton, Lei and {McConley}, Marc and Angermueller, Kai and Goldberg, David and Corba, Massimiliano and Kim, Louis and Moran, James and Parks, Philip D. and Chin, Sang and Widge, Alik S. and Dougherty, Darin D. and Eskandar, Emad N.},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2015-08},
|
||||
note = {{ISSN}: 1558-4615},
|
||||
keywords = {Algorithm design and analysis, Base stations, Closed-loop Control, Decode, Dictionaries, Neural Stimulation, Neuropsychiatric Disorders, Real-time systems, Signal processing, Signal Processing, Signal processing algorithms, Software algorithms},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/BTGZA7MM/Hamilton et al. - 2015 - Neural signal processing and closed-loop control algorithm design for an implanted neural recording.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{simonsmeier_electrical_2018,
|
||||
title = {Electrical brain stimulation ({tES}) improves learning more than performance: A meta-analysis},
|
||||
volume = {84},
|
||||
issn = {01497634},
|
||||
url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0149763417303172},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.neubiorev.2017.11.001},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Electrical brain stimulation ({tES}) improves learning more than performance},
|
||||
abstract = {Researchers have recently started evaluating whether stimulating the brain noninvasively with a weak and painless electrical current (transcranial Electrical Stimulation, {tES}) enhances physiological and cognitive processes. Some studies found that {tES} has weak but positive effects on brain physiology, cognition, or assessment performance, which has attracted massive public interest. We present the first meta-analytic test of the hypothesis that {tES} in a learning phase is more effective than {tES} in an assessment phase. The meta-analysis included 246 effect sizes from studies on language or mathematical competence. The effect of {tES} was stronger when stimulation was administered during a learning phase (d = 0.712) as compared to stimulation administered during test performance (d = 0.207). The overall effect was stimulation-dosage specific and, as found in a previous meta-analysis, significant only for anodal stimulation and not for cathodal. The results provide evidence for the modulation of long-term synaptic plasticity by {tES} in the context of practically relevant learning tasks and highlight the need for more systematic evaluations of {tES} in educational settings.},
|
||||
pages = {171--181},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Neuroscience \& Biobehavioral Reviews},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Neuroscience \& Biobehavioral Reviews},
|
||||
author = {Simonsmeier, Bianca A. and Grabner, Roland H. and Hein, Julia and Krenz, Ugne and Schneider, Michael},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2018-01},
|
||||
langid = {english},
|
||||
file = {PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/ZH2XLENF/Simonsmeier et al. - 2018 - Electrical brain stimulation (tES) improves learning more than performance A meta-analysis.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{senkowski_boosting_2022,
|
||||
title = {Boosting working memory: uncovering the differential effects of {tDCS} and {tACS}},
|
||||
volume = {3},
|
||||
issn = {2632-7376},
|
||||
url = {https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9113288/},
|
||||
doi = {10.1093/texcom/tgac018},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Boosting working memory},
|
||||
abstract = {Working memory ({WM}) is essential for reasoning, decision-making, and problem solving. Recently, there has been an increasing effort in improving {WM} through noninvasive brain stimulation ({NIBS}), especially transcranial direct and alternating current stimulation ({tDCS}/{tACS}). Studies suggest that {tDCS} and {tACS} can modulate {WM} performance, but large variability in research approaches hinders the identification of optimal stimulation protocols and interpretation of study results. Moreover, it is unclear whether {tDCS} and {tACS} differentially affect {WM}. Here, we summarize and compare studies examining the effects of {tDCS} and {tACS} on {WM} performance in healthy adults. Following {PRISMA}-selection criteria, our systematic review resulted in 43 studies (29 {tDCS}, 11 {tACS}, 3 both) with a total of 1826 adult participants. For {tDCS}, only 4 out of 23 single-session studies reported effects on {WM}, while 7 out of 9 multi-session experiments showed positive effects on {WM} training. For {tACS}, 10 out of 14 studies demonstrated effects on {WM}, which were frequency dependent and robust for frontoparietal stimulation. Our review revealed no reliable effect of single-session {tDCS} on {WM} but moderate effects of multi-session {tDCS} and single-session {tACS}. We discuss the implications of these findings and future directions in the emerging research field of {NIBS} and {WM}.},
|
||||
pages = {tgac018},
|
||||
number = {2},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Cerebral Cortex Communications},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Cereb Cortex Commun},
|
||||
author = {Senkowski, Daniel and Sobirey, Rabea and Haslacher, David and Soekadar, Surjo R},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2022-05-07},
|
||||
pmid = {35592391},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC9113288},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/YT8A9PEV/Senkowski et al. - 2022 - Boosting working memory uncovering the differential effects of tDCS and tACS.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@online{noauthor_neurowissenschaft_nodate,
|
||||
title = {Neurowissenschaft: Hirnmanipulation per Hightech},
|
||||
url = {https://www.spektrum.de/news/transkranielle-hirnstimulation-als-therapie/1345240},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Neurowissenschaft},
|
||||
abstract = {Durch Elektrizität und Magnetfelder lässt sich das Gehirn von außen beeinflussen},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
langid = {german},
|
||||
file = {Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/H29CF4ME/1345240.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@online{doccheck_transkranielle_nodate,
|
||||
title = {Transkranielle Gleichstromstimulation},
|
||||
url = {https://flexikon.doccheck.com/de/Transkranielle_Gleichstromstimulation},
|
||||
abstract = {Die transkranielle Gleichstromstimulation, kurz {tDCS}, ist ein nicht-invasives, neurostimulatorisches Verfahren, das schwache elektrische...},
|
||||
titleaddon = {{DocCheck} Flexikon},
|
||||
author = {{DocCheck}, Medizinexpert*innen bei},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
langid = {german},
|
||||
file = {Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/P76JNYPZ/Transkranielle_Gleichstromstimulation.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@online{doccheck_neuronale_nodate,
|
||||
title = {Neuronale Plastizität},
|
||||
url = {https://flexikon.doccheck.com/de/Neuronale_Plastizit%C3%A4t},
|
||||
abstract = {Der Begriff neuronale Plastizität beschreibt den Umbau neuronaler Strukturen in Abhängigkeit von ihrer Aktivität. Die neuronale Plastizität kann...},
|
||||
titleaddon = {{DocCheck} Flexikon},
|
||||
author = {{DocCheck}, Medizinexpert*innen bei},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
langid = {german},
|
||||
file = {Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/FNJQ3A26/Neuronale_Plastizität.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{maceira-elvira_native_2024,
|
||||
title = {Native learning ability and not age determines the effects of brain stimulation},
|
||||
volume = {9},
|
||||
rights = {2024 The Author(s)},
|
||||
issn = {2056-7936},
|
||||
url = {https://www.nature.com/articles/s41539-024-00278-y},
|
||||
doi = {10.1038/s41539-024-00278-y},
|
||||
abstract = {Healthy aging often entails a decline in cognitive and motor functions, affecting independence and quality of life in older adults. Brain stimulation shows potential to enhance these functions, but studies show variable effects. Previous studies have tried to identify responders and non-responders through correlations between behavioral change and baseline parameters, but results lack generalization to independent cohorts. We propose a method to predict an individual’s likelihood of benefiting from stimulation, based on baseline performance of a sequential motor task. Our results show that individuals with less efficient learning mechanisms benefit from stimulation, while those with optimal learning strategies experience none or even detrimental effects. This differential effect, first identified in a public dataset and replicated here in an independent cohort, was linked to one’s ability to integrate task-relevant information and not age. This study constitutes a further step towards personalized clinical-translational interventions based on brain stimulation.},
|
||||
pages = {69},
|
||||
number = {1},
|
||||
journaltitle = {npj Science of Learning},
|
||||
shortjournal = {npj Sci. Learn.},
|
||||
author = {Maceira-Elvira, Pablo and Popa, Traian and Schmid, Anne-Christine and Cadic-Melchior, Andéol and Müller, Henning and Schaer, Roger and Cohen, Leonardo G. and Hummel, Friedhelm C.},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2024-11-27},
|
||||
langid = {english},
|
||||
note = {Publisher: Nature Publishing Group},
|
||||
keywords = {Cognitive ageing, Learning and memory, Motor cortex, Sensory processing},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/YER9X7WT/Maceira-Elvira et al. - 2024 - Native learning ability and not age determines the effects of brain stimulation.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{gibson_transcranial_2020,
|
||||
title = {Transcranial direct current stimulation facilitates category learning},
|
||||
volume = {13},
|
||||
issn = {1935-861X},
|
||||
url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1935861X19304681},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.brs.2019.11.010},
|
||||
abstract = {Background
|
||||
After two decades of transcranial direct current stimulation ({tDCS}) research, it is still unclear which applications benefit most from which {tDCS} protocols. One prospect is the acceleration of learning, where previous work has demonstrated that anodal {tDCS} applied to the right ventrolateral prefrontal cortex ({rVLPFC}) is capable of doubling the rate of learning in a visual camouflaged threat detection and category learning task.
|
||||
Goals
|
||||
Questions remain as to the specific cognitive mechanisms underlying this learning enhancement, and whether it generalizes to other tasks. The goal of the current project was to expand previous findings by employing a novel category learning task.
|
||||
Methods
|
||||
Participants learned to classify pictures of European streets within a discovery learning paradigm. In a double-blind design, 54 participants were randomly assigned to 30 min of {tDCS} using either 2.0 {mA} anodal (n = 18), cathodal (n = 18), or 0.1 {mA} sham (n = 18) {tDCS} over the {rVLPFC}.
|
||||
Results
|
||||
A linear mixed-model revealed a significant effect of {tDCS} condition on classification accuracy across training (p = 0.001). Compared to a 4.2\% increase in sham participants, anodal {tDCS} over F10 increased performance by 20.6\% (d = 1.71) and cathodal {tDCS} by 14.4\% (d = 1.16).
|
||||
Conclusions
|
||||
These results provide further evidence for the capacity of {tDCS} applied to {rVLPFC} to enhance learning, showing a greater than quadrupling of test performance after training (491\% of sham) in a difficult category learning task. Combined with our previous studies, these results suggest a generalized performance enhancement. Other tasks requiring sustained attention, insight and/or category learning may also benefit from this protocol.},
|
||||
pages = {393--400},
|
||||
number = {2},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Brain Stimulation},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Brain Stimulation},
|
||||
author = {Gibson, Benjamin C. and Mullins, Teagan S. and Heinrich, Melissa D. and Witkiewitz, Katie and Yu, Alfred B. and Hansberger, Jeffrey T. and Clark, Vincent P.},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2020-03-01},
|
||||
keywords = {{IFG}, Learning, Neuroplasticity, {NIBS}, {tDCS}, {VLPFC}},
|
||||
file = {ScienceDirect Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/63IKSU5D/Gibson et al. - 2020 - Transcranial direct current stimulation facilitates category learning.pdf:application/pdf;ScienceDirect Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/7N74VDSB/S1935861X19304681.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@incollection{chatterjee_chapter_2013,
|
||||
title = {Chapter 27 - The ethics of neuroenhancement},
|
||||
volume = {118},
|
||||
url = {https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/B9780444535016000275},
|
||||
series = {Ethical and Legal Issues in Neurology},
|
||||
abstract = {In the wake of our improving abilities to treat or modulate the impaired nervous system, we are also learning how we might improve the abilities of the healthy nervous system. We can modulate our motor, cognitive, and affective systems in ways that potentially enhance us. Pharmacologic enhancements are used widely in some circles and their use is likely to increase. Newer noninvasive stimulation techniques also have the potential to be used as enhancements. Neuroenhancements raise deep ethical concerns about safety, compromised character, distributive justice, and coercion. The ethical concerns apply to adults in general, but also in unique ways to children who are not completely autonomous and to soldiers who choose to relinquish some of their autonomy. There are no easy solutions to these ethical concerns. Prohibition of enhancements is not a viable option. Lay and professional discussions will help establish cultural norms and guide clinical practice as well as public policy.},
|
||||
pages = {323--334},
|
||||
booktitle = {Handbook of Clinical Neurology},
|
||||
publisher = {Elsevier},
|
||||
author = {Chatterjee, Anjan},
|
||||
editor = {Bernat, James L. and Beresford, H. Richard},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2013-01-01},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/B978-0-444-53501-6.00027-5},
|
||||
keywords = {bioethics, cosmetic neurology, enhancement, neuroethics, quality of life},
|
||||
file = {ScienceDirect Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/GFYKQ8UU/B9780444535016000275.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{bruhl_neuroethical_2019,
|
||||
title = {Neuroethical issues in cognitive enhancement: Modafinil as the example of a workplace drug?},
|
||||
volume = {3},
|
||||
issn = {2398-2128},
|
||||
url = {https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC7058249/},
|
||||
doi = {10.1177/2398212818816018},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Neuroethical issues in cognitive enhancement},
|
||||
abstract = {The use of cognitive-enhancing drugs by healthy individuals has been a feature for much of recorded history. Cocaine and amphetamine are modern cases of drugs initially enthusiastically acclaimed for enhancing cognition and mood. Today, an increasing number of healthy people are reported to use cognitive-enhancing drugs, as well as other interventions, such as non-invasive brain stimulation, to maintain or improve work performance. Cognitive-enhancing drugs, such as methylphenidate and modafinil, which were developed as treatments, are increasingly being used by healthy people. Modafinil not only affects ‘cold’ cognition, but also improves ‘hot’ cognition, such as emotion recognition and task-related motivation. The lifestyle use of ‘smart drugs’ raises both safety concerns as well as ethical issues, including coercion and increasing disparity in society. As a society, we need to consider which forms of cognitive enhancement (e.g. pharmacological, exercise, lifelong learning) are acceptable and for which groups under what conditions and by what methods we would wish to improve and flourish.},
|
||||
pages = {2398212818816018},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Brain and Neuroscience Advances},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Brain Neurosci Adv},
|
||||
author = {Brühl, Annette B. and d’Angelo, Camilla and Sahakian, Barbara J.},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2019-02-15},
|
||||
pmid = {32166175},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC7058249},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/TU83VWIP/Brühl et al. - 2019 - Neuroethical issues in cognitive enhancement Modafinil as the example of a workplace drug.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{forlini_is_2016,
|
||||
title = {The is and ought of the Ethics of Neuroenhancement: Mind the Gap},
|
||||
volume = {6},
|
||||
issn = {1664-1078},
|
||||
url = {https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC4705235/},
|
||||
doi = {10.3389/fpsyg.2015.01998},
|
||||
shorttitle = {The is and ought of the Ethics of Neuroenhancement},
|
||||
abstract = {Ethical perspectives on the use of stimulants to enhance human cognitive performance (neuroenhancement) are polarized between conservative and liberal theories offering opposing advice on whether individuals have a right to use neuroenhancers and what the social outcomes of neuroenhancement might be. Meanwhile, empirical evidence shows modest prevalence and guarded public attitudes toward the neuroenhancement use of stimulants. In this Perspective, we argue that the dissonance between the prescriptions of ethical theories (what ought to be) and empirical evidence (what is) has impaired our understanding of neuroenhancement practices. This dissonance is a result of three common errors in research on the ethics of neuroenhancement: (1) expecting that public perspectives will conform to a prescriptive ethical framework; (2) ignoring the socio-economic infrastructures that influence individuals’ decisions on whether or not to use neuroenhancement; and (3) overlooking conflicts between fundamental ethical values namely, safety of neuroenhancement and autonomy. We argue that in order to understand neuroenhancement practices it is essential to recognize which values affect individual decisions to use or refuse to use neuroenhancement. Future research on the ethics of neuroenhancement should assess the morally significant values for stakeholders. This will fill the gap between what ought to be done and what is done with an improved understanding of what can be done within a particular context. Clarifying conflicts between competing moral values is critical in conducting research on the efficacy of substances putatively used for neuroenhancement and also on neuroenhancement practices within academic, professional and social environments.},
|
||||
pages = {1998},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Frontiers in Psychology},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Front Psychol},
|
||||
author = {Forlini, Cynthia and Hall, Wayne},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2016-01-08},
|
||||
pmid = {26779100},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC4705235},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/A8JJUCLY/Forlini and Hall - 2016 - The is and ought of the Ethics of Neuroenhancement Mind the Gap.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@incollection{glannon_neuroethics_nodate,
|
||||
title = {Neuroethics: Cognitive Enhancement},
|
||||
isbn = {978-0-19-993531-4},
|
||||
url = {https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199935314.013.43},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Neuroethics},
|
||||
abstract = {This article describes how psychostimulants and other drugs can enhance cognitive capacities and explores the ethical implications of this form of enhancement. Focusing mainly on methylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, and modafinil, the article cites scientific studies indicating that those with a lower baseline of working memory tend to benefit more from cognitive enhancement than those with a higher baseline. Enhancing some cognitive capacities through neurotransmitters may come at the cost of diminishing others and may result in addiction or other pathological behavior. This suggests that an unlimited augmentative conception of enhancement needs to be replaced by one that that involves optimal levels of cognitive capacities to improve performance on specific tasks in promoting flexible behavior and adaptability to the environment. Cognitive enhancement would not likely increase social inequality and would be consistent with authenticity, excellence, and achievement. How cognitive enhancement could be one component of moral enhancement is also discussed.},
|
||||
pages = {0},
|
||||
booktitle = {The Oxford Handbook of Topics in Philosophy},
|
||||
publisher = {Oxford University Press},
|
||||
author = {Glannon, Walter},
|
||||
editor = {{Oxford Handbooks Editorial Board}},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
doi = {10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199935314.013.43},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/KEMW4LH5/Glannon - Neuroethics Cognitive Enhancement.pdf:application/pdf;Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/UABW23LF/9780199935314.013.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{cappon_educational_2024,
|
||||
title = {An educational program for remote training and supervision of home-based transcranial electrical stimulation: feasibility and preliminary effectiveness},
|
||||
volume = {27},
|
||||
issn = {1094-7159},
|
||||
url = {https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10850429/},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.neurom.2023.04.477},
|
||||
shorttitle = {An educational program for remote training and supervision of home-based transcranial electrical stimulation},
|
||||
abstract = {Objective:
|
||||
There has been recent interest in the administration of transcranial electrical stimulation ({tES}) by a caregiver, family member, or patient themselves while in their own homes ({HB}-{tES}). The need to properly train individuals in the administration of {HB}-{tES} is essential, and the lack of a uniform training approach across studies has come to light. The primary aim of this paper is to present the {HB}-{tES} training and supervision program, a tele-supervised, instructional, and evaluation program to teach laypeople how to administer {HB}-{tES} to a participant and provide a standardized framework for remote monitoring of participants by teaching staff. The secondary aim is to present early pilot data on the feasibility and effectiveness of the training portion of the program based on its implementation in 379 sessions between two pilot clinical trials.
|
||||
|
||||
Materials and Methods:
|
||||
The program includes instructional materials, standardized tele-supervised hands-on practice sessions, and a system for remote supervision of participants by teaching staff. Nine laypersons completed the training program. Data on the feasibility and effectiveness of the program were collected.
|
||||
|
||||
Results:
|
||||
No adverse events were reported during the training or any of the {HB}-{tES} sessions after the training. All laypersons successfully completed the training. The nine laypersons reported being satisfied with the training program and confident in their {tES} administration capabilities. This was consistent with laypersons requiring technical assistance from teaching staff very infrequently during the 379 completed sessions. The average adherence rate between all administrators was over 98\%, with 7/9 administrators having 100\% adherence to the scheduled sessions.
|
||||
|
||||
Conclusions:
|
||||
These findings indicate that the {HB}-{tES} program is effective and is associated with participant satisfaction.
|
||||
|
||||
Significance:
|
||||
We hope that the remote nature of this training program will facilitate increased accessibility to {HB}-{tES} research for participants of different demographics and locations. This program, designed for easy adaptation to different {HB}-{tES} research applications and devices, is also accessible online. The adoption of this program is expected to facilitate uniformity of study methodology among future {HB}-{tES} studies, and thereby accelerate the pace of {tES} intervention discovery.},
|
||||
pages = {636--644},
|
||||
number = {4},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Neuromodulation : journal of the International Neuromodulation Society},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Neuromodulation},
|
||||
author = {Cappon, Davide and den Boer, Tim and Yu, Wanting and {LaGanke}, Nicole and Fox, Rachel and Brozgol, Marina and Hausdorff, Jeffrey M. and Manor, Brad and Pascual-Leone, Alvaro},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2024-06},
|
||||
pmid = {37552152},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC10850429},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/F7TFZA6K/Cappon et al. - 2024 - An educational program for remote training and supervision of home-based transcranial electrical sti.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{simonsmeier_electrical_2018-1,
|
||||
title = {Electrical brain stimulation ({tES}) improves learning more than performance: A meta-analysis},
|
||||
volume = {84},
|
||||
issn = {01497634},
|
||||
url = {https://linkinghub.elsevier.com/retrieve/pii/S0149763417303172},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.neubiorev.2017.11.001},
|
||||
shorttitle = {Electrical brain stimulation ({tES}) improves learning more than performance},
|
||||
abstract = {Researchers have recently started evaluating whether stimulating the brain noninvasively with a weak and painless electrical current (transcranial Electrical Stimulation, {tES}) enhances physiological and cognitive processes. Some studies found that {tES} has weak but positive effects on brain physiology, cognition, or assessment performance, which has attracted massive public interest. We present the first meta-analytic test of the hypothesis that {tES} in a learning phase is more effective than {tES} in an assessment phase. The meta-analysis included 246 effect sizes from studies on language or mathematical competence. The effect of {tES} was stronger when stimulation was administered during a learning phase (d = 0.712) as compared to stimulation administered during test performance (d = 0.207). The overall effect was stimulation-dosage specific and, as found in a previous meta-analysis, significant only for anodal stimulation and not for cathodal. The results provide evidence for the modulation of long-term synaptic plasticity by {tES} in the context of practically relevant learning tasks and highlight the need for more systematic evaluations of {tES} in educational settings.},
|
||||
pages = {171--181},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Neuroscience \& Biobehavioral Reviews},
|
||||
shortjournal = {Neuroscience \& Biobehavioral Reviews},
|
||||
author = {Simonsmeier, Bianca A. and Grabner, Roland H. and Hein, Julia and Krenz, Ugne and Schneider, Michael},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2018-01},
|
||||
langid = {english},
|
||||
file = {PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/5S8W3FJB/Simonsmeier et al. - 2018 - Electrical brain stimulation (tES) improves learning more than performance A meta-analysis.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{reis_noninvasive_2009,
|
||||
title = {Noninvasive cortical stimulation enhances motor skill acquisition over multiple days through an effect on consolidation},
|
||||
volume = {106},
|
||||
url = {https://www.pnas.org/doi/10.1073/pnas.0805413106},
|
||||
doi = {10.1073/pnas.0805413106},
|
||||
abstract = {Motor skills can take weeks to months to acquire and can diminish over time in the absence of continued practice. Thus, strategies that enhance skill acquisition or retention are of great scientific and practical interest. Here we investigated the effect of noninvasive cortical stimulation on the extended time course of learning a novel and challenging motor skill task. A skill measure was chosen to reflect shifts in the task's speed–accuracy tradeoff function ({SAF}), which prevented us from falsely interpreting variations in position along an unchanged {SAF} as a change in skill. Subjects practiced over 5 consecutive days while receiving transcranial direct current stimulation ({tDCS}) over the primary motor cortex (M1). Using the skill measure, we assessed the impact of anodal (relative to sham) {tDCS} on both within-day (online) and between-day (offline) effects and on the rate of forgetting during a 3-month follow-up (long-term retention). There was greater total (online plus offline) skill acquisition with anodal {tDCS} compared to sham, which was mediated through a selective enhancement of offline effects. Anodal {tDCS} did not change the rate of forgetting relative to sham across the 3-month follow-up period, and consequently the skill measure remained greater with anodal {tDCS} at 3 months. This prolonged enhancement may hold promise for the rehabilitation of brain injury. Furthermore, these findings support the existence of a consolidation mechanism, susceptible to anodal {tDCS}, which contributes to offline effects but not to online effects or long-term retention.},
|
||||
pages = {1590--1595},
|
||||
number = {5},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences},
|
||||
author = {Reis, Janine and Schambra, Heidi M. and Cohen, Leonardo G. and Buch, Ethan R. and Fritsch, Brita and Zarahn, Eric and Celnik, Pablo A. and Krakauer, John W.},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2009-02-03},
|
||||
note = {Publisher: Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/DWVLQDL9/Reis et al. - 2009 - Noninvasive cortical stimulation enhances motor skill acquisition over multiple days through an effe.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{akkad_increasing_2021,
|
||||
title = {Increasing human motor skill acquisition by driving theta–gamma coupling},
|
||||
volume = {10},
|
||||
issn = {2050-084X},
|
||||
url = {https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.67355},
|
||||
doi = {10.7554/eLife.67355},
|
||||
abstract = {Skill learning is a fundamental adaptive process, but the mechanisms remain poorly understood. Some learning paradigms, particularly in the memory domain, are closely associated with gamma activity that is amplitude modulated by the phase of underlying theta activity, but whether such nested activity patterns also underpin skill learning is unknown. Here, we addressed this question by using transcranial alternating current stimulation ({tACS}) over sensorimotor cortex to modulate theta–gamma activity during motor skill acquisition, as an exemplar of a non-hippocampal-dependent task. We demonstrated, and then replicated, a significant improvement in skill acquisition with theta–gamma {tACS}, which outlasted the stimulation by an hour. Our results suggest that theta–gamma activity may be a common mechanism for learning across the brain and provides a putative novel intervention for optimizing functional improvements in response to training or therapy.},
|
||||
pages = {e67355},
|
||||
journaltitle = {{eLife}},
|
||||
author = {Akkad, Haya and Dupont-Hadwen, Joshua and Kane, Edward and Evans, Carys and Barrett, Liam and Frese, Amba and Tetkovic, Irena and Bestmann, Sven and Stagg, Charlotte J},
|
||||
editor = {Kahnt, Thorsten and Ivry, Richard B and Nitsche, Michael A},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2021-11-23},
|
||||
note = {Publisher: {eLife} Sciences Publications, Ltd},
|
||||
keywords = {motor learning, non-invasive brain stimulation, theta-gamma coupling, transcranial alternating current stimulation},
|
||||
file = {Full Text PDF:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/ABAMGG4R/Akkad et al. - 2021 - Increasing human motor skill acquisition by driving theta–gamma coupling.pdf:application/pdf},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@incollection{disorders_enhancement_2015,
|
||||
title = {Enhancement of Brain Function and Performance},
|
||||
url = {https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK332918/},
|
||||
abstract = {The effects of non-invasive brain stimulation technologies on cognition and performance has both therapeutic and non-therapeutic applications, depending on whether they are used to ameliorate symptoms of a disorder or enhance otherwise normal function. Indeed, according to Alvaro Pascual-Leone, the range of non-therapeutic applications is growing even faster than therapeutic applications. One reason for the growth of research in this area is that because most investigational interventions are initially tested in groups of healthy individuals before being tested in patients, most of the available evidence about the effects of these technologies are from healthy subjects, noted Roi Cohen Kadosh.},
|
||||
booktitle = {Non-Invasive Neuromodulation of the Central Nervous System: Opportunities and Challenges: Workshop Summary},
|
||||
publisher = {National Academies Press ({US})},
|
||||
author = {Disorders, Forum on Neuroscience \{and\} Nervous System and Policy, Board on Health Sciences and Medicine, Institute of and The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2015-11-02},
|
||||
langid = {english},
|
||||
file = {Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/QG3BY6VR/NBK332918.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@incollection{disorders_ethical_2015,
|
||||
title = {Ethical, Legal, and Social Issues},
|
||||
url = {https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK332930/},
|
||||
abstract = {Ethics in the context of neuromodulation extends far beyond what Aristotle would have recognized as classical ethics issues in his day, said Hank Greely. With regard to neuromodulation, the topic spans ethical, legal, social, and even political implications, indeed, all things in society that affect the use and potential misuse of these devices now and in the future. For example, Alvaro Pascual-Leone mentioned the reality that off-label application of neurostimulation is rapidly expanding, without examination or a full understanding of safety and efficacy implications. Patients are making devices, buying devices, and getting clinicians to prescribe devices; companies are developing new consumer-targeted devices with non-medical aims that ultimately get leveraged into the medical setting.},
|
||||
booktitle = {Non-Invasive Neuromodulation of the Central Nervous System: Opportunities and Challenges: Workshop Summary},
|
||||
publisher = {National Academies Press ({US})},
|
||||
author = {Disorders, Forum on Neuroscience \{and\} Nervous System and Policy, Board on Health Sciences and Medicine, Institute of and The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
date = {2015-11-02},
|
||||
langid = {english},
|
||||
file = {Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/EUFSGN2W/NBK332930.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{huang_theta_2005,
|
||||
title = {Theta burst stimulation of the human motor cortex},
|
||||
volume = {45},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.neuron.2004.12.033},
|
||||
pages = {201--206},
|
||||
number = {2},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Neuron},
|
||||
author = {Huang, Yong Cheng and Edwards, Mark J and Rounis, Emmanouela and Bhatia, Kailash P and Rothwell, John C},
|
||||
date = {2005},
|
||||
pmid = {15664172},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{vergallito_inter-individual_2022,
|
||||
title = {Inter-individual Variability in {tDCS} Effects: A Narrative Review},
|
||||
volume = {16},
|
||||
doi = {10.3389/fnins.2022.899065},
|
||||
pages = {899065},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Frontiers in Neuroscience},
|
||||
author = {Vergallito, Andrea and Vöröss, Gábor and Amore, Gabriele and Caruso, Anna and Rossi, Simona and Filmer, Hannah L and Nitsche, Michael A and Perceval, G and Thut, Gregor},
|
||||
date = {2022},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC9139102},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{chew_inter-_2015,
|
||||
title = {Inter- and Intra-individual Variability in Response to Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation},
|
||||
volume = {8},
|
||||
doi = {10.1016/j.brs.2014.10.020},
|
||||
pages = {423--433},
|
||||
number = {3},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Brain Stimulation},
|
||||
author = {Chew, Tammy and Ho, Kin Foon and Outhred, Tim and Breakspear, Michael and Lee, Raymond S C},
|
||||
date = {2015},
|
||||
pmid = {25500100},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{esser_level_2006,
|
||||
title = {Level of action of cathodal direct current revealed by intracellular recordings in the rat cortical slice},
|
||||
volume = {96},
|
||||
doi = {10.1152/jn.00529.2006},
|
||||
pages = {3141--3153},
|
||||
number = {6},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Journal of Neurophysiology},
|
||||
author = {Esser, {SK} and Hubbard, {DL} and Tononi, G and Massimini, M},
|
||||
date = {2006},
|
||||
pmid = {16956991},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{thair_transcranial_2017,
|
||||
title = {Transcranial direct current stimulation ({tDCS}): a comprehensive review of safety considerations and adverse effects},
|
||||
volume = {11},
|
||||
doi = {10.3389/fnhum.2017.00642},
|
||||
pages = {642},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Frontiers in Human Neuroscience},
|
||||
author = {Thair, Humberto and Holloway, Alexandra L and Newport, Rebecca and Smith, Andrew D},
|
||||
date = {2017},
|
||||
pmcid = {PMC5740087},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{caulfield_optimized_2022,
|
||||
title = {Optimized electrode positions, size, and current intensity for high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation},
|
||||
volume = {12},
|
||||
doi = {10.1038/s41598-022-24618-3},
|
||||
pages = {19985},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Nature Scientific Reports},
|
||||
author = {Caulfield, Katherine A and Kong, Yanyan and Mazziotta, John and Recanzone, Gregg H and Poizner, Howard},
|
||||
date = {2022},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{hoy_enhancement_2016,
|
||||
title = {Enhancement of working memory and task-related neural activity following intermittent transcranial theta burst stimulation},
|
||||
volume = {26},
|
||||
doi = {10.1093/cercor/bhw245},
|
||||
pages = {4563--4573},
|
||||
number = {12},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Cerebral Cortex},
|
||||
author = {Hoy, Kristy E and Emonson, Mark {RL} and Arnold, Stephanie L and Thomson, Rachel H and Daskalakis, Zafiris J and Fitzgerald, Paul B},
|
||||
date = {2016},
|
||||
pmid = {27655924},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@article{tms_neuroplasticity_2025,
|
||||
title = {Neuroplasticity and Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation ({TMS}): Unlocking the Brain's Potential},
|
||||
url = {https://bellavidatms.com/tms/neuroplasticity-and-transcranial-magnetic-stimulation-tms-unlocking-the-brains-potential/},
|
||||
journaltitle = {Blog},
|
||||
author = {{TMS}, {BellaVida}},
|
||||
date = {2025-05},
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@online{doccheck_transkranielle_nodate-1,
|
||||
title = {Transkranielle Magnetstimulation},
|
||||
url = {https://flexikon.doccheck.com/de/Transkranielle_Magnetstimulation},
|
||||
abstract = {Die transkranielle Magnetstimulation, kurz {TMS}, ist ein nicht-invasives Verfahren, bei der Gehirnareale mithilfe von Magnetfeldern durch...},
|
||||
titleaddon = {{DocCheck} Flexikon},
|
||||
author = {{DocCheck}, Medizinexpert*innen bei},
|
||||
urldate = {2025-10-28},
|
||||
langid = {german},
|
||||
file = {Snapshot:/home/frederik/Zotero/storage/SMTLEPHU/Transkranielle_Magnetstimulation.html:text/html},
|
||||
}
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Journal Articles
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
86
Main.tex
86
Main.tex
@ -1,25 +1,83 @@
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Main Document File
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Main LaTeX document file for HSRT Report template
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Document Class Declaration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% The HSRTReport class is based on KOMA-Script's scrreprt class
|
||||
% Options:
|
||||
% - 11pt: Base font size (alternatives: 10pt, 12pt)
|
||||
% - paper=a4: Paper format (alternatives: letter, a5, etc.)
|
||||
% - oneside: Single-sided layout (alternative: twoside for duplex printing)
|
||||
% - DIV=14: Type area calculation factor (higher = larger text area)
|
||||
% - onecolumn: Single column layout (alternative: twocolumn)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\documentclass[
|
||||
11pt,
|
||||
paper=a4,
|
||||
oneside,
|
||||
DIV=14,
|
||||
onecolumn
|
||||
11pt, % Base font size
|
||||
paper=a4, % Paper format
|
||||
oneside, % Single-sided printing
|
||||
DIV=14, % Type area calculation
|
||||
onecolumn % Column layout
|
||||
]{HSRTReport/HSRTReport}
|
||||
|
||||
\input{TeX/Preamble}
|
||||
\input{Glossary}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Preamble and Configuration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Load document-specific settings and configurations
|
||||
\input{Preamble} % Document preamble with bibliography and settings
|
||||
\input{Glossary} % Glossary and acronym definitions
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Document ====
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Document Body
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
\begin{document}
|
||||
|
||||
% Title page
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Title Page
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Generates the title page with university branding and document metadata
|
||||
% Configuration in Settings/General.tex
|
||||
\maketitle
|
||||
|
||||
\setstretch{1.0}
|
||||
% ===== Content =====
|
||||
\input{Content/00_verzeichnisse.tex}
|
||||
\input{Content/01_content.tex}
|
||||
\input{Content/99_bib.tex}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Reset Page Counter
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Reset page counter after title page so TOC starts at page 1
|
||||
\setcounter{page}{1}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Set Page Style
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Ensure fancy page style is active after title page for headers/footers
|
||||
\pagestyle{fancy}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Document Spacing
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Set line spacing for the main content (1.0 = single spacing)
|
||||
\setstretch{1.0}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Content Sections
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Input content files in order of appearance
|
||||
\input{Content/00_toc} % Table of contents, lists, and glossaries
|
||||
\input{Content/01_content} % Main document content
|
||||
\input{Content/99_bibliography} % Bibliography and references
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Glossary Processing
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Add all glossary entries to the document, even if not referenced
|
||||
% This ensures complete glossary for reference purposes
|
||||
\glsaddallunused
|
||||
|
||||
\end{document}
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Main Document
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
354
Makefile
354
Makefile
@ -1,33 +1,343 @@
|
||||
# Makefile for LaTeX documents
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Makefile for HSRTReport LaTeX Template
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Description: Build automation for LaTeX documents with chapter management
|
||||
# Usage: make [target]
|
||||
# Author: HSRTReport Template
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX=latexmk
|
||||
BIBTEX=biber
|
||||
LATEX_FLAGS=-xelatex -shell-escape -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
LATEX = latexmk
|
||||
LATEX_FLAGS = -xelatex -shell-escape -synctex=1 -interaction=nonstopmode
|
||||
BIBER = biber
|
||||
MAKEGLOSSARIES = makeglossaries
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE=Main.tex
|
||||
PDF=$(SOURCE:.tex=.pdf)
|
||||
# Main document
|
||||
SOURCE = Main.tex
|
||||
PDF = $(SOURCE:.tex=.pdf)
|
||||
|
||||
OUT_DIR=Output
|
||||
# Directories
|
||||
BUILD_DIR = Build
|
||||
OUT_DIR = Output
|
||||
CHAPTERS_DIR = Content/Chapters
|
||||
SCRIPTS_DIR = scripts
|
||||
|
||||
BUILD_DIR=Build
|
||||
# Output files
|
||||
PDF_SOURCE = $(BUILD_DIR)/$(PDF)
|
||||
PDF_TARGET = $(OUT_DIR)/$(PDF)
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_SOURCE=$(BUILD_DIR)/$(PDF)
|
||||
PDF_TARGET=$(OUT_DIR)/$(PDF)
|
||||
# Platform detection for opening PDF
|
||||
UNAME := $(shell uname)
|
||||
ifeq ($(UNAME), Linux)
|
||||
OPEN_CMD = xdg-open
|
||||
else ifeq ($(UNAME), Darwin)
|
||||
OPEN_CMD = open
|
||||
else
|
||||
OPEN_CMD = start
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
all: compile
|
||||
xdg-open $(PDF_TARGET)
|
||||
# Colors for output
|
||||
RED = \033[0;31m
|
||||
GREEN = \033[0;32m
|
||||
YELLOW = \033[1;33m
|
||||
BLUE = \033[0;34m
|
||||
NC = \033[0m # No Color
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
git clean -dfX
|
||||
# Docker Compose command detection
|
||||
# Support both docker-compose (standalone) and docker compose (plugin)
|
||||
DOCKER_COMPOSE := $(shell command -v docker-compose 2> /dev/null)
|
||||
ifdef DOCKER_COMPOSE
|
||||
DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD = docker-compose
|
||||
DOCKER_COMPOSE_TYPE = standalone
|
||||
else
|
||||
DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD = docker compose
|
||||
DOCKER_COMPOSE_TYPE = plugin
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
# Docker availability check
|
||||
DOCKER_AVAILABLE := $(shell command -v docker 2> /dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Main Targets
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Default target: Use Docker for compilation if available
|
||||
.PHONY: all
|
||||
all: docker-build
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Document built successfully using Docker$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
# Alternative: Local build without Docker
|
||||
.PHONY: local
|
||||
local: compile view
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Document built and opened successfully (local)$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: compile
|
||||
compile:
|
||||
# If not Exists, create 'Build' directory
|
||||
[ -d $(BUILD_DIR) ] || mkdir -p $(BUILD_DIR)
|
||||
# makeglossaries -o $(BUILD_DIR)/$(SOURCE:.tex=.gls) $(BUILD_DIR)/$(SOURCE:.tex=)
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Building LaTeX Document ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@[ -d $(BUILD_DIR) ] || mkdir -p $(BUILD_DIR)
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Running XeLaTeX...$(NC)"
|
||||
$(LATEX) $(LATEX_FLAGS) -output-directory=$(BUILD_DIR) $(SOURCE)
|
||||
# If not Exists, create 'Output/' directory
|
||||
[ -d $(OUT_DIR) ] || mkdir -p $(OUT_DIR)
|
||||
# Copy the PDF to the 'Output/' directory
|
||||
cp $(PDF_SOURCE) $(PDF_TARGET)
|
||||
@[ -d $(OUT_DIR) ] || mkdir -p $(OUT_DIR)
|
||||
@cp $(PDF_SOURCE) $(PDF_TARGET)
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ PDF created: $(PDF_TARGET)$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: all clean
|
||||
.PHONY: full
|
||||
full: clean-aux compile
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Full build completed$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: view
|
||||
view:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)→ Opening PDF...$(NC)"
|
||||
@if [ -f $(PDF_TARGET) ]; then \
|
||||
$(OPEN_CMD) $(PDF_TARGET); \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ PDF not found. Run 'make compile' first$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Docker Targets
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
.PHONY: docker-info
|
||||
docker-info:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Docker Configuration ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@if command -v docker >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Docker:$(NC) $$(docker --version | cut -d' ' -f3 | tr -d ',')"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Docker:$(NC) Not found"; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Docker Compose:$(NC) $(DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD) ($(DOCKER_COMPOSE_TYPE))"
|
||||
@if command -v docker >/dev/null 2>&1 && docker info >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Docker Daemon:$(NC) Running"; \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Containers:$(NC) $$(docker ps -q | wc -l) running, $$(docker ps -aq | wc -l) total"; \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Images:$(NC) $$(docker images -q | wc -l) available"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo -e "$(YELLOW)⚠ Docker Daemon:$(NC) Not running or not accessible"; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: check-docker
|
||||
check-docker:
|
||||
@command -v docker >/dev/null 2>&1 || { \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Docker is not installed or not in PATH$(NC)"; \
|
||||
echo -e "$(YELLOW) Please install Docker from https://docs.docker.com/get-docker/$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
@docker info >/dev/null 2>&1 || { \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Docker daemon is not running$(NC)"; \
|
||||
echo -e "$(YELLOW) Please start Docker Desktop or the Docker daemon$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Docker is available$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Using Docker Compose command: $(DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD)$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: docker-build
|
||||
docker-build: check-docker
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Building LaTeX Document with Docker ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Starting Docker container...$(NC)"
|
||||
@$(DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD) up --build || { \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Docker build failed$(NC)"; \
|
||||
echo -e "$(YELLOW) Try 'make docker-clean' and rebuild$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Docker build completed$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ PDF created: $(PDF_TARGET)$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: docker-build-cached
|
||||
docker-build-cached: check-docker
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Building LaTeX Document with Docker (cached) ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Starting Docker container (using cache)...$(NC)"
|
||||
@$(DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD) up || { \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Docker build failed$(NC)"; \
|
||||
echo -e "$(YELLOW) Try 'make docker-build' to rebuild the image$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Docker build completed$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: docker-clean
|
||||
docker-clean: check-docker
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Removing Docker containers...$(NC)"
|
||||
@$(DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD) down --remove-orphans || true
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Docker containers removed$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: docker-shell
|
||||
docker-shell: check-docker
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)→ Opening shell in Docker container...$(NC)"
|
||||
@$(DOCKER_COMPOSE_CMD) run --rm --entrypoint /bin/bash latex || { \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Failed to start Docker shell$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Clean Targets
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
.PHONY: clean
|
||||
clean: clean-aux clean-output
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ All files cleaned$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: clean-aux
|
||||
clean-aux:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Cleaning auxiliary files...$(NC)"
|
||||
@rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR)
|
||||
@rm -f *.aux *.log *.out *.toc *.lof *.lot *.lol *.bbl *.blg *.synctex.gz
|
||||
@rm -f *.fdb_latexmk *.fls *.idx *.ind *.ilg *.glo *.gls *.glg
|
||||
@rm -f Content/*.aux Content/Chapters/*.aux
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Auxiliary files cleaned$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: clean-output
|
||||
clean-output:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Cleaning output files...$(NC)"
|
||||
@rm -rf $(OUT_DIR)
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Output files cleaned$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: distclean
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Removing all generated files...$(NC)"
|
||||
@git clean -dfX 2>/dev/null || rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR) $(OUT_DIR)
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Distribution clean completed$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Chapter Management Targets
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
.PHONY: chapter
|
||||
chapter:
|
||||
@if [ -z "$(NUM)" ] || [ -z "$(NAME)" ]; then \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Usage: make chapter NUM=02 NAME=methodology$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Creating New Chapter ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@$(SCRIPTS_DIR)/create_chapter.sh $(NUM) $(NAME)
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: chapters
|
||||
chapters: list-chapters
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: list-chapters
|
||||
list-chapters:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Chapter Overview ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@$(SCRIPTS_DIR)/list_chapters.sh
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: show-chapter
|
||||
show-chapter:
|
||||
@if [ -z "$(NAME)" ]; then \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Usage: make show-chapter NAME=02_methodology$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@$(SCRIPTS_DIR)/show_chapter.sh $(NAME)
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: delete-chapter
|
||||
delete-chapter:
|
||||
@if [ -z "$(NAME)" ]; then \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Usage: make delete-chapter NAME=02_methodology$(NC)"; \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)⚠ Warning: This will delete the chapter file$(NC)"
|
||||
@$(SCRIPTS_DIR)/delete_chapter.sh $(NAME)
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Development Targets
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
.PHONY: watch
|
||||
watch:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Starting continuous build ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)→ Watching for changes... (Ctrl+C to stop)$(NC)"
|
||||
$(LATEX) $(LATEX_FLAGS) -pvc -output-directory=$(BUILD_DIR) $(SOURCE)
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: draft
|
||||
draft:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Building draft version ===$(NC)"
|
||||
$(LATEX) -xelatex -interaction=nonstopmode -output-directory=$(BUILD_DIR) $(SOURCE)
|
||||
@[ -d $(OUT_DIR) ] || mkdir -p $(OUT_DIR)
|
||||
@cp $(PDF_SOURCE) $(OUT_DIR)/$(SOURCE:.tex=_draft.pdf)
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Draft created: $(OUT_DIR)/$(SOURCE:.tex=_draft.pdf)$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Utility Targets
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
.PHONY: count
|
||||
count:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Document Statistics ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo -n "Chapters: "
|
||||
@ls -1 $(CHAPTERS_DIR)/*.tex 2>/dev/null | wc -l
|
||||
@echo -n "Total lines: "
|
||||
@wc -l $(CHAPTERS_DIR)/*.tex 2>/dev/null | tail -1 | awk '{print $$1}'
|
||||
@echo -n "Approx. words: "
|
||||
@cat $(CHAPTERS_DIR)/*.tex 2>/dev/null | \
|
||||
sed 's/\\[a-zA-Z]*\({[^}]*}\)\?//g' | wc -w
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: check
|
||||
check:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Checking Prerequisites ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@command -v xelatex >/dev/null 2>&1 && \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ XeLaTeX found$(NC)" || \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ XeLaTeX not found$(NC)"
|
||||
@command -v biber >/dev/null 2>&1 && \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ Biber found$(NC)" || \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ Biber not found$(NC)"
|
||||
@command -v makeglossaries >/dev/null 2>&1 && \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ makeglossaries found$(NC)" || \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ makeglossaries not found$(NC)"
|
||||
@command -v latexmk >/dev/null 2>&1 && \
|
||||
echo -e "$(GREEN)✓ latexmk found$(NC)" || \
|
||||
echo -e "$(RED)✗ latexmk not found$(NC)"
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: structure
|
||||
structure:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)=== Project Structure ===$(NC)"
|
||||
@tree -d -L 2 --charset ascii 2>/dev/null || \
|
||||
find . -type d -maxdepth 2 | sed 's|./||' | sort
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Help Target
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
.PHONY: help
|
||||
help:
|
||||
@echo -e "$(BLUE)==============================================================================="
|
||||
@echo "HSRTReport LaTeX Template - Makefile Targets"
|
||||
@echo -e "===============================================================================$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)Main Targets:$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo " make - Build document using Docker (default)"
|
||||
@echo " make local - Build document locally and open PDF"
|
||||
@echo " make compile - Build the LaTeX document (local)"
|
||||
@echo " make full - Clean and rebuild everything"
|
||||
@echo " make view - Open the PDF file"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)Docker Targets:$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo " make docker-info - Show Docker configuration and status"
|
||||
@echo " make check-docker - Check if Docker is available"
|
||||
@echo " make docker-build - Build with Docker (rebuild image)"
|
||||
@echo " make docker-build-cached - Build with Docker (use cached image)"
|
||||
@echo " make docker-shell - Open shell in Docker container"
|
||||
@echo " make docker-clean - Remove Docker containers"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)Chapter Management:$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo " make chapter NUM=02 NAME=methodology - Create a new chapter"
|
||||
@echo " make chapters - List all chapters"
|
||||
@echo " make show-chapter NAME=02_methodology - Display chapter content"
|
||||
@echo " make delete-chapter NAME=02_methodology - Delete a chapter (with backup)"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)Cleaning:$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo " make clean - Remove all generated files"
|
||||
@echo " make clean-aux - Remove auxiliary files only"
|
||||
@echo " make clean-output - Remove output files only"
|
||||
@echo " make distclean - Remove everything (git clean)"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)Development:$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo " make watch - Continuous compilation on file changes"
|
||||
@echo " make draft - Quick draft compilation"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
@echo -e "$(GREEN)Utilities:$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo " make count - Show document statistics"
|
||||
@echo " make check - Check for required tools"
|
||||
@echo " make structure - Show project structure"
|
||||
@echo " make help - Show this help message"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
@echo -e "$(YELLOW)Examples:$(NC)"
|
||||
@echo " make chapter NUM=01 NAME=introduction"
|
||||
@echo " make chapter NUM=02 NAME=literature_review"
|
||||
@echo " make show-chapter NAME=01_introduction"
|
||||
@echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target - use Docker build
|
||||
.DEFAULT_GOAL := all
|
||||
|
||||
54
Preamble.tex
Normal file
54
Preamble.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ./Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Document Preamble
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: Document-specific configuration and settings
|
||||
% This file contains all document-specific configurations that
|
||||
% customize the HSRTReport class for your particular document
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Bibliography Configuration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Configure BibLaTeX bibliography management
|
||||
% The bibliography file (Main.bib) contains all references in BibTeX format
|
||||
% Additional .bib files can be added with multiple \addbibresource commands
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\addbibresource{Main.bib}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Document Settings Import
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Load document-specific settings from external files
|
||||
% This modular approach keeps the preamble clean and organized
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\input{Settings/General} % General document settings (title, author, etc.)
|
||||
\input{Settings/Logos} % Logo configuration and positioning
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Custom Commands and Macros (Optional)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Add your custom LaTeX commands here
|
||||
% Example: \newcommand{\mycommand}[1]{#1}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Additional Package Loading (Optional)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Load additional packages not included in the HSRTReport class
|
||||
% Note: Most common packages are already loaded by the class
|
||||
% Example: \usepackage{mypackage}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Package Configuration (Optional)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Configure packages that require specific settings
|
||||
% Example: \setpackageoption{value}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Preamble
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
374
README.md
374
README.md
@ -1,2 +1,374 @@
|
||||
# LaTeX-Base
|
||||
# HSRTReport LaTeX Template
|
||||
|
||||
A professional LaTeX report template for academic papers and theses at the University of Applied Sciences Reutlingen (Hochschule Reutlingen).
|
||||
|
||||
## 📋 Table of Contents
|
||||
|
||||
- [Overview](#overview)
|
||||
- [Features](#features)
|
||||
- [Prerequisites](#prerequisites)
|
||||
- [Installation](#installation)
|
||||
- [Project Structure](#project-structure)
|
||||
- [Usage](#usage)
|
||||
- [Document Class Options](#document-class-options)
|
||||
- [Customization](#customization)
|
||||
- [Building the Document](#building-the-document)
|
||||
- [Troubleshooting](#troubleshooting)
|
||||
- [Contributing](#contributing)
|
||||
- [License](#license)
|
||||
|
||||
## 📖 Overview
|
||||
|
||||
The HSRTReport class is a customized LaTeX document class based on KOMA-Script's `scrreprt` class, specifically designed for creating professional academic reports, seminar papers, and bachelor/master theses at the University of Applied Sciences Reutlingen. It provides a consistent, professional layout with minimal configuration required.
|
||||
|
||||
## ✨ Features
|
||||
|
||||
- **Professional Typography**: Configured for optimal readability with proper font settings
|
||||
- **Automatic Title Page Generation**: Customizable title page with university branding
|
||||
- **Bibliography Management**: Integrated BibLaTeX support for APA-style citations
|
||||
- **Glossary Support**: Built-in glossary and acronym management
|
||||
- **Code Highlighting**: Syntax highlighting for multiple programming languages
|
||||
- **Word Count**: Automatic word counting functionality
|
||||
- **Cross-referencing**: Smart referencing with hyperref
|
||||
- **Advanced Page Break Control**: Intelligent section and listing page break management
|
||||
- **Docker Support**: Containerized build environment for consistent compilation
|
||||
- **Enhanced Spacing**: Optimized vertical spacing for sections and subsections
|
||||
- **Smart TOC Grouping**: Automatic chapter grouping in table of contents
|
||||
|
||||
## 🔧 Prerequisites
|
||||
|
||||
### Option 1: Docker (Recommended)
|
||||
|
||||
- **Docker**: [Install Docker](https://docs.docker.com/get-docker/)
|
||||
- **Docker Compose**: Supports both variants:
|
||||
- `docker-compose` (standalone tool)
|
||||
- `docker compose` (Docker plugin, included with Docker Desktop)
|
||||
- The Makefile automatically detects which version is available
|
||||
|
||||
This is the easiest way to get started, as all LaTeX dependencies are handled automatically in a container.
|
||||
|
||||
### Option 2: Local Installation
|
||||
|
||||
- **XeLaTeX**: This template requires XeLaTeX for compilation (included in most TeX distributions)
|
||||
- **TeX Distribution**: One of the following:
|
||||
- [TeX Live](https://www.tug.org/texlive/) (Linux/Windows/macOS)
|
||||
- [MiKTeX](https://miktex.org/) (Windows)
|
||||
- [MacTeX](https://www.tug.org/mactex/) (macOS)
|
||||
- **GNU make**: Automates compilation and cleaning tasks
|
||||
- **Inkscape**: For SVG to PDF conversion (optional, but needed for SVG graphics)
|
||||
|
||||
### Required LaTeX Packages
|
||||
|
||||
The template automatically loads all necessary packages. Key dependencies include:
|
||||
- KOMA-Script bundle
|
||||
- BibLaTeX with Biber backend
|
||||
- glossaries-extra
|
||||
- fontspec (for font management)
|
||||
- TikZ (for graphics)
|
||||
- listings (for code)
|
||||
|
||||
## 📁 Project Structure
|
||||
|
||||
```
|
||||
SAT-WiSe-25-26/
|
||||
│
|
||||
├── HSRTReport/ # Document class files
|
||||
│ ├── HSRTReport.cls # Main class definition
|
||||
│ ├── Assets/ # Fonts and images
|
||||
│ │ ├── Fonts/ # Custom fonts
|
||||
│ │ └── Images/ # Logo and graphics
|
||||
│ ├── Config/ # Configuration modules
|
||||
│ │ ├── Fonts.tex # Font settings
|
||||
│ │ ├── PageSetup.tex # Page layout
|
||||
│ │ └── ... # Other configurations
|
||||
│ ├── Imports/ # Package imports
|
||||
│ │ ├── Core.tex # Core packages
|
||||
│ │ ├── Document.tex # Document structure
|
||||
│ │ └── ... # Other imports
|
||||
│ ├── Modules/ # Feature modules
|
||||
│ │ ├── Content/ # Content-related features
|
||||
│ │ ├── Layout/ # Layout features
|
||||
│ │ └── Tools/ # Utility tools
|
||||
│ └── Pages/ # Page templates
|
||||
│ └── Titlepage.tex # Title page definition
|
||||
│
|
||||
├── Content/ # Document content
|
||||
│ ├── 00_toc.tex # Table of contents and lists
|
||||
│ ├── 01_content.tex # Chapter loader (auto-managed)
|
||||
│ ├── 99_bibliography.tex # Bibliography
|
||||
│ ├── Chapters/ # Individual chapter files
|
||||
│ │ ├── 01_introduction.tex
|
||||
│ │ ├── example_chapter.tex
|
||||
│ │ └── ...
|
||||
│ └── Images/ # Document images
|
||||
│
|
||||
├── Settings/ # Document settings
|
||||
│ ├── General.tex # General settings
|
||||
│ └── Logos.tex # Logo configuration
|
||||
│
|
||||
├── scripts/ # Chapter management scripts
|
||||
│ ├── create_chapter.sh # Create new chapters
|
||||
│ ├── list_chapters.sh # List all chapters
|
||||
│ ├── delete_chapter.sh # Delete chapters
|
||||
│ └── show_chapter.sh # View chapter content
|
||||
│
|
||||
├── Main.tex # Main document file
|
||||
├── Preamble.tex # Document preamble
|
||||
├── Glossary.tex # Glossary definitions
|
||||
├── Main.bib # Bibliography database
|
||||
├── Makefile # Build automation
|
||||
├── .latexmkrc # Latexmk configuration
|
||||
├── docker-compose.yml # Docker configuration
|
||||
└── QUICKSTART.md # Quick start guide
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## 📝 Usage
|
||||
|
||||
### Basic Document Setup
|
||||
|
||||
1. **Edit `Main.tex`** to configure document class options:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\documentclass[
|
||||
11pt, % Font size (10pt, 11pt, 12pt)
|
||||
paper=a4, % Paper size
|
||||
oneside, % Single-sided (use twoside for double)
|
||||
DIV=14, % Page layout calculation
|
||||
onecolumn % Single column layout
|
||||
]{HSRTReport/HSRTReport}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Configure document metadata** in `Settings/General.tex`:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
% Document title
|
||||
\title{Your Document Title}
|
||||
|
||||
% Title page information
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Thema}{Your Topic}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Vorgelegt von}{Your Name}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Studiengang}{Your Study Program}
|
||||
% ... additional fields
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Add your content** using one of these methods:
|
||||
- **Automatic (Recommended)**: Use scripts to manage chapters
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
./scripts/create_chapter.sh 02 methodology
|
||||
./scripts/create_chapter.sh 03 results
|
||||
./scripts/list_chapters.sh
|
||||
```
|
||||
- **Manual**: Create files in `Content/Chapters/` and add them to `Content/01_content.tex`
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Manage bibliography** in `Main.bib` using BibTeX format
|
||||
|
||||
5. **Define glossary entries** in `Glossary.tex`:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\newglossaryentry{term}{
|
||||
name=Term,
|
||||
description={Description of the term}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newacronym{abbr}{ABBR}{Full Form of Abbreviation}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## ⚙️ Document Class Options
|
||||
|
||||
The HSRTReport class accepts all standard KOMA-Script `scrreprt` options plus:
|
||||
|
||||
| Option | Description | Values |
|
||||
|--------|-------------|---------|
|
||||
| `paper` | Paper size | `a4`, `letter`, etc. |
|
||||
| `fontsize` | Base font size | `10pt`, `11pt`, `12pt` |
|
||||
| `oneside`/`twoside` | Page layout | Single or double-sided |
|
||||
| `DIV` | Type area calculation | Integer (12-16 recommended) |
|
||||
| `onecolumn`/`twocolumn` | Column layout | Single or double column |
|
||||
|
||||
## 🎨 Customization
|
||||
|
||||
### Modifying the Title Page
|
||||
|
||||
Edit `Settings/General.tex` to customize title page fields:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Field Name}{Field Content}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt} % Add vertical space
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Adding Custom Packages
|
||||
|
||||
Add custom packages to `Preamble.tex`:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\usepackage{yourpackage}
|
||||
\yourpackagesetup{options}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Changing Fonts
|
||||
|
||||
The template uses custom fonts defined in `HSRTReport/Config/Fonts.tex`. Modify this file to change fonts template-wide.
|
||||
|
||||
### Creating Custom Commands
|
||||
|
||||
Add custom commands to `Preamble.tex`:
|
||||
```latex
|
||||
\newcommand{\mycommand}[1]{#1}
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## 📚 Chapter Management
|
||||
|
||||
### Automatic Chapter Management (Recommended)
|
||||
|
||||
The template includes scripts for efficient chapter management:
|
||||
|
||||
#### Create a New Chapter
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
./scripts/create_chapter.sh 02 methodology
|
||||
```
|
||||
This creates `Content/Chapters/02_methodology.tex` with a template structure and automatically adds it to the document.
|
||||
|
||||
#### List All Chapters
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
./scripts/list_chapters.sh
|
||||
```
|
||||
Shows all chapters and their inclusion status in the document.
|
||||
|
||||
#### View Chapter Content
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
./scripts/show_chapter.sh 02_methodology --info
|
||||
./scripts/show_chapter.sh 02_methodology --structure
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
#### Delete a Chapter
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
./scripts/delete_chapter.sh 02_methodology
|
||||
```
|
||||
Removes the chapter and creates a backup in `.chapter_backups/`.
|
||||
|
||||
### Manual Chapter Management
|
||||
|
||||
1. Create a file in `Content/Chapters/`
|
||||
2. Add `\input{Content/Chapters/your_chapter}` to the marked section in `Content/01_content.tex`
|
||||
|
||||
## 🔨 Building the Document
|
||||
|
||||
### Using Docker (Recommended - Default)
|
||||
|
||||
The template now uses Docker by default for consistent builds across all platforms. The Makefile automatically detects whether you have `docker-compose` (standalone) or `docker compose` (plugin) installed:
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# Show Docker configuration and which compose variant is used
|
||||
make docker-info
|
||||
|
||||
# Default build using Docker
|
||||
make
|
||||
|
||||
# Docker build with image rebuild (after Dockerfile changes)
|
||||
make docker-build
|
||||
|
||||
# Docker build using cached image (faster)
|
||||
make docker-build-cached
|
||||
|
||||
# Open shell in Docker container for debugging
|
||||
make docker-shell
|
||||
|
||||
# Clean Docker containers
|
||||
make docker-clean
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Using Local Installation
|
||||
|
||||
If you have a local LaTeX installation:
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
# Local build with automatic PDF viewing
|
||||
make local
|
||||
|
||||
# Just compile without opening
|
||||
make compile
|
||||
|
||||
# Clean auxiliary files
|
||||
make clean
|
||||
|
||||
# Full clean including output
|
||||
make distclean
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
### Using latexmk directly
|
||||
|
||||
```bash
|
||||
latexmk -xelatex -shell-escape -bibtex Main.tex
|
||||
```
|
||||
|
||||
## 🐛 Troubleshooting
|
||||
|
||||
### Common Issues
|
||||
|
||||
1. **"This class can only be used with XeLaTeX" error**
|
||||
- Solution: Ensure you're using XeLaTeX, not pdfLaTeX
|
||||
- Check your editor's compiler settings
|
||||
- Use Docker build (`make`) to avoid this issue
|
||||
|
||||
2. **Bibliography not appearing**
|
||||
- Run `biber Main` after the first XeLaTeX compilation
|
||||
- Check for errors in `Main.bib`
|
||||
- The Docker build handles this automatically
|
||||
|
||||
3. **Glossary entries not showing**
|
||||
- Run `makeglossaries Main` after adding new entries
|
||||
- Ensure entries are referenced in the document using `\gls{term}`
|
||||
|
||||
4. **Docker build not working**
|
||||
- Ensure Docker Desktop is running
|
||||
- Run `make docker-info` to check your Docker setup
|
||||
- Check that port is not blocked by firewall
|
||||
- Try `docker-compose build --no-cache` or `docker compose build --no-cache` for a fresh build
|
||||
- The Makefile supports both `docker-compose` and `docker compose` automatically
|
||||
|
||||
5. **SVG images not converting**
|
||||
- Inkscape is required for SVG support
|
||||
- Docker build includes Inkscape automatically
|
||||
- For local builds: Install Inkscape separately
|
||||
|
||||
## 📄 License
|
||||
|
||||
This template is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License (CC BY-SA 4.0).
|
||||
|
||||
- **Original Author**: Martin Oswald (Zürich University of Applied Sciences)
|
||||
- **Modified by**: Frederik Beimgraben (University of Applied Sciences Reutlingen)
|
||||
|
||||
See [LICENSE](LICENSE) for details.
|
||||
|
||||
## 📧 Support
|
||||
|
||||
For questions, issues, or suggestions:
|
||||
- Open an issue on GitHub
|
||||
- Contact the maintainer at [frederik@beimgraben.net](mailto:frederik@beimgraben.net)
|
||||
|
||||
## 🙏 Acknowledgments
|
||||
|
||||
- Martin Oswald for the original ZHAWReport class
|
||||
- KOMA-Script team for the excellent document classes
|
||||
- University of Applied Sciences Reutlingen – [Reutlingen University](https://reutlingen-university.de)
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
## 🆕 Recent Updates
|
||||
|
||||
### Version 2.0 (October 2024)
|
||||
- Added Docker support for containerized compilation
|
||||
- Implemented advanced page break control system
|
||||
- Enhanced section spacing (4.5ex before sections, 3.5ex before subsections)
|
||||
- Added smart TOC chapter grouping for short chapters
|
||||
- Updated header format with em-dash separator (e.g., "1 – Introduction")
|
||||
- Fixed page numbering (TOC now starts at page 1)
|
||||
- Added comprehensive bibliography with academic writing references
|
||||
- Improved listing and itemize environment protection from page breaks
|
||||
|
||||
### Key Configuration Changes
|
||||
- **Page Margins**: Unified 2cm on all sides
|
||||
- **Base Font Size**: 11pt
|
||||
- **Line Spacing**: 1.5x (`baselinestretch=1.5`)
|
||||
- **Paragraph Spacing**: 6pt
|
||||
- **Section Minimum Content**: 12 baseline skips (~2 paragraphs)
|
||||
- **Citation Style**: APA format via BibLaTeX
|
||||
|
||||
---
|
||||
|
||||
*Last updated: October 2024*
|
||||
|
||||
202
Settings/General.tex
Normal file
202
Settings/General.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Document-Specific General Settings
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: This file contains all document-specific settings including
|
||||
% title, author information, abstract, keywords, and other
|
||||
% metadata required for the title page and document properties.
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Watermark and Date Configuration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Configure document watermark and creation date
|
||||
% These settings affect the document's visual presentation and metadata
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% Watermark text (leave empty for no watermark)
|
||||
% Example: \newcommand{\waterMarkText}{DRAFT}
|
||||
% Example: \newcommand{\waterMarkText}{CONFIDENTIAL}
|
||||
\newcommand{\waterMarkText}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Document creation date
|
||||
% Format: DD.MM.YYYY
|
||||
% This date appears on the title page and in document metadata
|
||||
\createdon{XX.XX.20XX}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Document Title
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Main title of the document
|
||||
% This appears on the title page and in PDF metadata
|
||||
% For multi-line titles, use \\ for line breaks
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\title{Vorgaben zur Formatierung der Seminararbeit}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Title Page Data Fields
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Configure all fields that appear on the title page
|
||||
% Use \AddTitlePageDataLine{Label}{Content} for each field
|
||||
% Use \AddTitlePageDataSpace{dimension} to add vertical spacing
|
||||
% Use \newline within content for line breaks
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Document Topic ---
|
||||
% The main topic or theme of the document
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Thema}{
|
||||
Thema-XXX: \newline
|
||||
Vorgaben zur Formatierung der Seminararbeit
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add spacing between sections
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Author Information ---
|
||||
% Student name, semester, and contact information
|
||||
\author{Hans Maria Muster}
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Vorgelegt von}{
|
||||
\@author \newline
|
||||
X. Fachsemester \newline
|
||||
\href{mailto:hans-maria.muster@student.hs-reutlingen.de}{hans-maria.muster@student.hs-reutlingen.de}
|
||||
}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
|
||||
% Add spacing
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Submission Date ---
|
||||
% Date when the document is submitted
|
||||
% Format: DD.MM.YYYY
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Vorgelegt am}{XX.XX.20XX}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add spacing
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Academic Information ---
|
||||
% Study program and course details
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Studiengang}{Medizinisch Technische Informatik B.Sc.}
|
||||
|
||||
% Module/Course information
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Modul}{
|
||||
METI6.3 \newline
|
||||
Seminar Ausgewählter Themen der Medizinisch-Technischen Informatik
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Supervisor Information ---
|
||||
% Professor or supervisor name
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Dozent:in}{Prof. Dr. Sven Steddin}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Semester Information ---
|
||||
% Academic semester (e.g., Wintersemester 2024/2025)
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Semester}{Wintersemester 20XX/20XX}
|
||||
|
||||
% Add spacing
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Word Count ---
|
||||
% Automatic word count for the main content
|
||||
% Note: This only counts words in the specified file (Content/01_content.tex)
|
||||
% For multiple files, use \quickwordcount{file1,file2,file3}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Wortanzahl}{\quickwordcount{Content/01_content}}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Abstract
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% The abstract provides a concise summary of the document
|
||||
% It should include:
|
||||
% - Research objective/hypothesis
|
||||
% - Methodology used
|
||||
% - Key findings/results
|
||||
% - Main conclusions
|
||||
% Keep it brief (typically 150-250 words)
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\newcommand{\titlepageabstract}{%
|
||||
Das Abstract beschreibt in wenigen Sätzen die Zielsetzung und das Ergebnis
|
||||
der Ausarbeitung. Das Abstract muss sich vollständig auf der Titelseite
|
||||
befinden. Die Zeichensatzformatierung wird in einem eigenen Absatz
|
||||
beschrieben. Das Abstract soll es den Lesern:innen ermöglichen, innerhalb
|
||||
von wenigen Augenblicken zu erfassen, welcher Inhalt hinter der Überschrift
|
||||
steckt und ob das Thema, aus Sicht der Leser:innen, zur weiteren Bearbeitung
|
||||
lohnt. Das Abstract ist keine verbale Beschreibung des Inhaltsverzeichnisses,
|
||||
sondern gibt kurz und knapp z.B. die Zielsetzung (z.B. Hypothese), die
|
||||
eingesetzten Methoden und die erzielten Ergebnisse / Erkenntnisse bekannt.
|
||||
Weitere Hinweise finden Sie außerdem im Vorlesungsskript.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Keywords
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Keywords help categorize and index the document
|
||||
% Separate keywords with commas
|
||||
% Choose 3-7 relevant keywords that describe the main topics
|
||||
% These appear on the title page and in PDF metadata
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\newcommand{\titlepagekeywords}{%
|
||||
Seminararbeit, wissenschaftliche Ausarbeitung, Bachelor-Thesis, Studium, Plagiat
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Module Name
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% The module name for this document (appears in footer)
|
||||
% This is typically the course or module code and name
|
||||
% Example: \newcommand{\modulename}{SAT - Seminararbeit Technik}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\newcommand{\modulename}{METI6.3 – SAT – WiSe 25/26}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% List of Equations Configuration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Customize the names for equation-related elements
|
||||
% These affect how equations are labeled in lists and references
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% Name for the list of equations (appears as chapter/section title)
|
||||
\renewcommand{\listequationsname}{Formeln}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\equationname}{Formel}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Paragraph Configuration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Configure paragraph formatting throughout the document
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% Paragraph indentation
|
||||
% 0pt = no indentation (German standard for academic texts)
|
||||
% >0pt = indent first line of each paragraph (English standard)
|
||||
\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% Paragraph spacing (space between paragraphs)
|
||||
% Set to 6pt as per document requirements
|
||||
\setlength{\parskip}{6pt}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Optional: Custom Author Commands
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% If you need multiple authors or additional author information,
|
||||
% you can define custom commands here:
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \newcommand{\authorOne}{First Author}
|
||||
% \newcommand{\authorTwo}{Second Author}
|
||||
% \newcommand{\matriculationNumber}{12345678}
|
||||
% \newcommand{\studentID}{S-12345}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Optional: Document Version Control
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% For tracking document versions during development
|
||||
%
|
||||
% \newcommand{\documentVersion}{1.0}
|
||||
% \newcommand{\lastModified}{\today}
|
||||
% \newcommand{\reviewStatus}{Draft}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of General Settings
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
98
Settings/Logos.tex
Normal file
98
Settings/Logos.tex
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Logo Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: This file configures which logos appear on the title page and
|
||||
% their positioning. Multiple logos can be displayed simultaneously.
|
||||
% The AddLogo command handles logo placement and scaling.
|
||||
% Usage: Uncomment the desired logo(s) and adjust parameters as needed.
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: [Date]
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Logo Configuration Syntax
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% \AddLogo{LogoName}{ScaleX}{ScaleY}{Format}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Parameters:
|
||||
% LogoName - Name of the logo file (without extension)
|
||||
% ScaleX - Horizontal scaling factor (1.0 = original width)
|
||||
% ScaleY - Vertical scaling factor (1.0 = original height)
|
||||
% Format - File format (png, svg, pdf, jpg)
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Logo files must be placed in: HSRTReport/Assets/Images/
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Available Logos
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Below are pre-configured logos for various departments and organizations.
|
||||
% Uncomment (remove the % at the beginning) the logo(s) you want to use.
|
||||
% Multiple logos can be active simultaneously and will be arranged automatically.
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Student Parliament (STUPA) Logo ---
|
||||
% Use this for student organization related documents
|
||||
% Scale: 110% width, 70% height
|
||||
%\AddLogo{STUPA}{1.1}{0.7}{png}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Informatics Department Logo (Combined Version) ---
|
||||
% Standard logo for informatics department documents
|
||||
% Scale: 90% width, 100% height
|
||||
% This logo is active by default
|
||||
\AddLogo{INF_Kombiniert}{0.9}{1}{svg}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Hochschule Reutlingen (HSRT) Main Logo ---
|
||||
% Official university logo for formal documents
|
||||
% Scale: 170% width, 100% height
|
||||
% Uncomment for official university submissions
|
||||
% \AddLogo{HSRT}{1.7}{1}{png}
|
||||
|
||||
% --- Medical Technical Informatics (METI) Logo ---
|
||||
% Specific logo for METI study program
|
||||
% Scale: 100% width, 50% height
|
||||
% Uncomment for METI-specific documents
|
||||
% \AddLogo{METI}{1.0}{0.5}{png}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Custom Logo Addition
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% To add your own custom logo:
|
||||
% 1. Place the logo file in HSRTReport/Assets/Images/
|
||||
% 2. Add a configuration line following this pattern:
|
||||
% \AddLogo{YourLogoName}{ScaleX}{ScaleY}{Format}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Example for a company logo:
|
||||
% \AddLogo{CompanyLogo}{1.2}{1.2}{pdf}
|
||||
%
|
||||
% Example for a research group logo:
|
||||
% \AddLogo{ResearchGroup}{0.8}{0.8}{png}
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Logo Positioning Notes
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% - Logos are automatically positioned on the title page
|
||||
% - Multiple logos are arranged in a grid layout
|
||||
% - The order of \AddLogo commands determines the display order
|
||||
% - Scaling factors can be adjusted for optimal visual balance
|
||||
% - SVG format is recommended for scalability
|
||||
% - PNG format is suitable for raster images
|
||||
% - PDF format provides best quality for vector graphics
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Troubleshooting
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% If a logo doesn't appear:
|
||||
% 1. Check that the file exists in HSRTReport/Assets/Images/
|
||||
% 2. Verify the file extension matches the format parameter
|
||||
% 3. Ensure the \AddLogo line is not commented out
|
||||
% 4. Check for typos in the logo name
|
||||
% 5. Try different scaling factors if the logo appears too small/large
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Logo Configuration
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
||||
%!TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
\makeglossaries
|
||||
|
||||
\newcolumntype{L}[1]{>{\raggedright\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}
|
||||
\newcolumntype{C}[1]{>{\centering\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}
|
||||
\newcolumntype{R}[1]{>{\raggedleft\let\newline\\\arraybackslash\hspace{0pt}}p{#1}}
|
||||
|
||||
\newglossarystyle{manualfixedwidth}{
|
||||
\setglossarystyle{long3colheader}
|
||||
\renewenvironment{theglossary}
|
||||
{\begin{longtable}{
|
||||
@{}
|
||||
L{0.30\textwidth-\tabcolsep}
|
||||
p{0.58\textwidth-\tabcolsep}
|
||||
R{0.10\textwidth-\tabcolsep}
|
||||
@{}
|
||||
}}
|
||||
{\end{longtable}}
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.1}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\setglossarystyle{manualfixedwidth}
|
||||
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\entryname}{Wort/Abkürzung}
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\descriptionname}{Bedeutung}
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\pagelistname}{Seite(n)}
|
||||
\glsenablehyper
|
||||
\renewcommand*{\glsclearpage}{}
|
||||
\renewcommand{\acronymname}{Abkürzungsverzeichnis}
|
||||
|
||||
%%% https://golatex.de/viewtopic.php?t=23348
|
||||
% masculine genitive
|
||||
\glsaddkey
|
||||
{genitive}% key
|
||||
{}% default value
|
||||
{\glsentrygenitive}% no link cs
|
||||
{\Glsentrygenitive}% no link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\glsgen}% link cs
|
||||
{\Glsgen}% link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\GLSgen}% link all caps cs
|
||||
|
||||
% dative
|
||||
\glsaddkey
|
||||
{dative}% key
|
||||
{}% default value
|
||||
{\glsentrydative}% no link cs
|
||||
{\Glsentrydative}% no link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\glsdative}% link cs
|
||||
{\Glsdative}% link ucfirst cs
|
||||
{\GLSdative}% link all caps cs
|
||||
@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Imports ====
|
||||
\usepackage{hyperref}
|
||||
\usepackage[acronym, savenumberlist=true]{glossaries}
|
||||
\usepackage[nameinlink, noabbrev]{cleveref}
|
||||
% ==== /Imports ====
|
||||
|
||||
% === Wordcount ===
|
||||
\input{TeX/WordCount}
|
||||
% === /Wordcount ===
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Glossary and Bib ====
|
||||
\input{TeX/GlossarySettings}
|
||||
\addbibresource{Main.bib}
|
||||
% ==== /Glossary and Bib ====
|
||||
|
||||
% ==== Settings ====
|
||||
\input{TeX/Settings/General}
|
||||
\input{TeX/Settings/Logos}
|
||||
% ==== /Settings ====
|
||||
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% Meeting date
|
||||
\newcommand{\waterMarkText}{}
|
||||
|
||||
% Current date and time
|
||||
\createdon{\today}
|
||||
|
||||
% Title
|
||||
\title{Ist transkranielle Hirnstimulation eine praktikable Methode zur Beschleunigung des Fertigkeitserwerbs im Bildungskontext?}
|
||||
|
||||
% Data fields for the title page
|
||||
\makeatletter
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Thema}{Thema-038:}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{}{Transkranielle Hirnstimulation zur Förderung des Denkens und des Lernens}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{3pt}
|
||||
% Deutsch
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Keywords (Deutsch)}{Transkranielle Hirnstimulation, Neuroenhancement, Fertigkeitserwerb}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{}{Bildung und Training, Neuroplastizität}
|
||||
% Englisch
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Keywords (English)}{Transcranial Stimulation, Neuroenhancement, Skill Acquisition}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{}{Education and Training, Neuroplasticity}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Wortanzahl}{\quickwordcount{Content/01_content}} % !!! Only 01_content.tex !!!
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Vorgelegt von}{Frederik Beimgraben}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{}{6. Fachsemester}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{}{\href{mailto:frederik.beimgraben@student.reutlingen-university.de}{frederik.beimgraben@student.reutlingen-university.de}}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Vorgelegt am}{\today}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataSpace{5pt}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Studiengang}{Medizinisch Technische Informatik B.Sc.}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Professor:in}{Prof. Dr. Sven Steddin}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Semester}{Wintersemester 2025/2026}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{Modul}{METI6.3}
|
||||
\AddTitlePageDataLine{}{Seminar Ausgewählter Themen der Medizinisch-Technischen Informatik}
|
||||
\makeatother
|
||||
|
||||
% Abstract
|
||||
\newcommand{\titlepageabstract}{%
|
||||
Das Abstract beschreibt in wenigen Sätzen die Zielsetzung und das Ergebnis der Ausarbeitung. Das Abstract muss sich vollständig auf der Titelseite befinden. Die Zeichensatzformatierung wird in einem eigenen Absatz beschrieben Das Abstract soll es den Lesern:innen ermöglichen, innerhalb von wenigen Augenblicken zu erfassen, welcher Inhalt hinter der Überschrift steckt und ob das Thema, aus Sicht der Leser:innen, zur weiteren Bearbeitung lohnt. Das Abstract ist keine verbale Beschreibung des Inhaltsverzeichnisses, sondern gibt kurz und knapp z.B. die Zielsetzung (z.B. Hypothese), die eingesetzten Methoden und die erzielten Ergebnisse / Erkenntnisse bekannt. Weitere Hinweise finden Sie außerdem im Vorlesungsskript.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
% Disable indentation
|
||||
\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
|
||||
@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% STUPA Logo
|
||||
%\AddLogo{STUPA}{1.1}{0.7}{png}
|
||||
|
||||
% INF Logo
|
||||
\AddLogo{INF_Kombiniert}{0.9}{1}{svg}
|
||||
|
||||
% HSRT Logo
|
||||
% \AddLogo{HSRT}{1.7}{1}{png}
|
||||
|
||||
% METI Logo
|
||||
% \AddLogo{METI}{1.0}{0.5}{png}
|
||||
@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../Main.tex
|
||||
|
||||
% Source: https://docs.overleaf.com/writing-and-editing/using-word-count
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\quickwordcount}[1]{%
|
||||
\immediate\write18{texcount -1 -sum -merge -q #1.tex > Build/words.sum }%
|
||||
\input{Build/words.sum} words%
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
\newcommand{\detailtexcount}[1]{%
|
||||
\immediate\write18{texcount -merge -sum -q #1.tex > Build/.wcdetail }%
|
||||
\verbatiminput{Build/.wcdetail}%
|
||||
}
|
||||
50
docker-compose.yml
Normal file
50
docker-compose.yml
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Docker Compose Configuration for LaTeX Compilation
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Description: This Docker Compose file sets up a containerized LaTeX build
|
||||
# environment with all necessary dependencies for compiling the
|
||||
# HSRTReport template documents.
|
||||
# Usage: docker-compose up (or make docker-build)
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
services:
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# LaTeX Compilation Service
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# This service provides a complete TeXLive environment for document compilation
|
||||
latex:
|
||||
# Base image: Full TeXLive distribution (latest version)
|
||||
# Note: The image line is commented out because we're using a custom build
|
||||
#image: texlive/texlive:latest
|
||||
|
||||
# Custom build configuration to add additional dependencies
|
||||
build:
|
||||
# Build context is the current directory
|
||||
context: .
|
||||
# Inline Dockerfile definition for additional packages
|
||||
dockerfile_inline: |
|
||||
# Start from the full TeXLive image (includes XeLaTeX, Biber, etc.)
|
||||
FROM texlive/texlive:latest
|
||||
|
||||
# Update package lists to ensure we get the latest versions
|
||||
RUN apt update -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Install Inkscape for SVG to PDF conversion
|
||||
# Required for processing SVG graphics in the document
|
||||
RUN apt install inkscape -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Volume mappings
|
||||
volumes:
|
||||
# Mount the entire project directory to /data in the container
|
||||
# This allows the container to access all project files and write outputs
|
||||
- ./:/data
|
||||
|
||||
# Working directory configuration
|
||||
# Previous project-specific path (kept for reference):
|
||||
# working_dir: /data/Projektbeschreibung-MKI-METI-Projekt
|
||||
# Current: Set to /data root for general use
|
||||
working_dir: /data
|
||||
|
||||
# Default command when container starts
|
||||
# Executes 'make compile' to build the LaTeX document
|
||||
entrypoint: ["make", "compile"]
|
||||
250
scripts/create_chapter.sh
Executable file
250
scripts/create_chapter.sh
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Create Chapter Script
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Description: Creates a new chapter file and automatically adds it to the
|
||||
# content loader (01_content.tex)
|
||||
# Usage: ./scripts/create_chapter.sh <chapter_number> <chapter_name>
|
||||
# Example: ./scripts/create_chapter.sh 02 methodology
|
||||
# Author: HSRTReport Template
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
set -e # Exit on error
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SCRIPT_DIR="$(cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")" && pwd)"
|
||||
PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")"
|
||||
CHAPTERS_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/Chapters"
|
||||
CONTENT_FILE="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/01_content.tex"
|
||||
TEMPLATE_FILE="$CHAPTERS_DIR/example_chapter.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
# Colors for output
|
||||
RED='\033[0;31m'
|
||||
GREEN='\033[0;32m'
|
||||
YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
|
||||
NC='\033[0m' # No Color
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Functions
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_usage() {
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 <chapter_number> <chapter_name>"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Creates a new chapter file and adds it to the content loader."
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Arguments:"
|
||||
echo " chapter_number Two-digit number (e.g., 02, 03, 10)"
|
||||
echo " chapter_name Name without spaces (e.g., methodology, results)"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Example:"
|
||||
echo " $0 02 methodology"
|
||||
echo " This creates: Content/Chapters/02_methodology.tex"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_error() {
|
||||
echo -e "${RED}Error: $1${NC}" >&2
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_success() {
|
||||
echo -e "${GREEN}✓ $1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_info() {
|
||||
echo -e "${YELLOW}ℹ $1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
capitalize_first() {
|
||||
echo "$1" | sed 's/\b\(.\)/\U\1/g'
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Input Validation
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if correct number of arguments
|
||||
if [ $# -ne 2 ]; then
|
||||
print_error "Invalid number of arguments"
|
||||
print_usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTER_NUM="$1"
|
||||
CHAPTER_NAME="$2"
|
||||
|
||||
# Validate chapter number (should be 2 digits)
|
||||
if ! [[ "$CHAPTER_NUM" =~ ^[0-9]{2}$ ]]; then
|
||||
print_error "Chapter number must be exactly 2 digits (e.g., 02, 10)"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Validate chapter name (alphanumeric and underscores only)
|
||||
if ! [[ "$CHAPTER_NAME" =~ ^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]*$ ]]; then
|
||||
print_error "Chapter name must start with a letter and contain only letters, numbers, and underscores"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# File Creation
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTER_FILE="$CHAPTERS_DIR/${CHAPTER_NUM}_${CHAPTER_NAME}.tex"
|
||||
CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE="\\\\input{Content/Chapters/${CHAPTER_NUM}_${CHAPTER_NAME}}"
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if file already exists
|
||||
if [ -f "$CHAPTER_FILE" ]; then
|
||||
print_error "Chapter file already exists: $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
echo "Do you want to overwrite it? (y/N)"
|
||||
read -r response
|
||||
if [[ ! "$response" =~ ^[Yy]$ ]]; then
|
||||
echo "Aborted."
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Create chapter file with template content
|
||||
print_info "Creating chapter file: ${CHAPTER_NUM}_${CHAPTER_NAME}.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTER_TITLE=$(capitalize_first "$CHAPTER_NAME" | tr '_' ' ')
|
||||
|
||||
cat > "$CHAPTER_FILE" << 'EOF'
|
||||
% !TEX root = ../../Main.tex
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Chapter: CHAPTER_TITLE_PLACEHOLDER
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% Description: [Add chapter description here]
|
||||
% Author: [Your Name]
|
||||
% Date: CURRENT_DATE
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Chapter Declaration
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\chapter{CHAPTER_TITLE_PLACEHOLDER}
|
||||
\label{chap:CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Introduction
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Begin with an introduction to the chapter's content
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
[Introduction text for this chapter goes here. Provide an overview of what
|
||||
will be covered in this chapter.]
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Section: First Section
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\section{First Section}
|
||||
\label{sec:CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER_first_section}
|
||||
|
||||
[Content for the first section goes here.]
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Subsection: Example Subsection
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\subsection*{Example Subsection}
|
||||
\label{subsec:CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER_example}
|
||||
|
||||
[Subsection content goes here.]
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Section: Second Section
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\section{Second Section}
|
||||
\label{sec:CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER_second_section}
|
||||
|
||||
[Content for the second section goes here.]
|
||||
|
||||
% Example of a figure reference
|
||||
% \begin{figure}[htbp]
|
||||
% \centering
|
||||
% \includegraphics[width=0.8\textwidth]{Content/Images/your_image.png}
|
||||
% \caption{Caption for your figure}
|
||||
% \label{fig:CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER_example}
|
||||
% \end{figure}
|
||||
|
||||
% Example of a table
|
||||
% \begin{table}[htbp]
|
||||
% \centering
|
||||
% \caption{Caption for your table}
|
||||
% \label{tab:CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER_example}
|
||||
% \begin{tabular}{lcc}
|
||||
% \toprule
|
||||
% \textbf{Column 1} & \textbf{Column 2} & \textbf{Column 3} \\
|
||||
% \midrule
|
||||
% Data 1 & Value 1 & Result 1 \\
|
||||
% Data 2 & Value 2 & Result 2 \\
|
||||
% \bottomrule
|
||||
% \end{tabular}
|
||||
% \end{table}
|
||||
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
% Section: Summary
|
||||
% ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
\section{Summary}
|
||||
\label{sec:CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER_summary}
|
||||
|
||||
[Chapter summary goes here. Summarize the key points covered in this chapter.]
|
||||
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
% End of Chapter
|
||||
% ==============================================================================
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
|
||||
# Replace placeholders
|
||||
sed -i "s/CHAPTER_TITLE_PLACEHOLDER/$CHAPTER_TITLE/g" "$CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
sed -i "s/CHAPTER_LABEL_PLACEHOLDER/$CHAPTER_NAME/g" "$CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
sed -i "s/CURRENT_DATE/$(date +%Y-%m-%d)/g" "$CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
print_success "Chapter file created: $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Update Content Loader
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_info "Updating content loader: 01_content.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if the chapter is already included
|
||||
if grep -q "$CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE" "$CONTENT_FILE" 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
print_info "Chapter already included in content loader"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Add the chapter input line before the END marker
|
||||
# Using a more robust method to handle the insertion
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a temporary file
|
||||
TEMP_FILE=$(mktemp)
|
||||
|
||||
# Process the content file
|
||||
awk -v input_line="$CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE" '
|
||||
/^% --- CHAPTER LIST END ---/ {
|
||||
print input_line
|
||||
}
|
||||
{ print }
|
||||
' "$CONTENT_FILE" > "$TEMP_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
# Move the temporary file back
|
||||
mv "$TEMP_FILE" "$CONTENT_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
print_success "Added chapter to content loader"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Final Output
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
print_success "Chapter successfully created!"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Chapter file: $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
echo "Chapter will be included in the document automatically."
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Next steps:"
|
||||
echo "1. Edit the chapter file to add your content"
|
||||
echo "2. Build the document with 'make' or 'xelatex Main.tex'"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "To reference this chapter in other parts of your document, use:"
|
||||
echo " \\ref{chap:${CHAPTER_NAME}}"
|
||||
212
scripts/delete_chapter.sh
Executable file
212
scripts/delete_chapter.sh
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Delete Chapter Script
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Description: Deletes a chapter file and removes it from the content loader
|
||||
# (01_content.tex)
|
||||
# Usage: ./scripts/delete_chapter.sh <chapter_filename>
|
||||
# Example: ./scripts/delete_chapter.sh 02_methodology
|
||||
# Author: HSRTReport Template
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
set -e # Exit on error
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SCRIPT_DIR="$(cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")" && pwd)"
|
||||
PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")"
|
||||
CHAPTERS_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/Chapters"
|
||||
CONTENT_FILE="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/01_content.tex"
|
||||
BACKUP_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/.chapter_backups"
|
||||
|
||||
# Colors for output
|
||||
RED='\033[0;31m'
|
||||
GREEN='\033[0;32m'
|
||||
YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
|
||||
BLUE='\033[0;34m'
|
||||
NC='\033[0m' # No Color
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Functions
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_usage() {
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 <chapter_filename>"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Deletes a chapter file and removes it from the content loader."
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Arguments:"
|
||||
echo " chapter_filename Name of the chapter file (with or without .tex extension)"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Examples:"
|
||||
echo " $0 02_methodology"
|
||||
echo " $0 02_methodology.tex"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Note: Deleted files are backed up to .chapter_backups/"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_error() {
|
||||
echo -e "${RED}Error: $1${NC}" >&2
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_success() {
|
||||
echo -e "${GREEN}✓ $1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_info() {
|
||||
echo -e "${YELLOW}ℹ $1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_warning() {
|
||||
echo -e "${YELLOW}⚠ $1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
get_chapter_title() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
# Extract chapter title from \chapter{...} command
|
||||
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
|
||||
grep -m 1 "\\\\chapter{" "$file" 2>/dev/null | sed 's/.*\\chapter{\([^}]*\)}.*/\1/' || echo "Untitled"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "Unknown"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Input Validation
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if argument provided
|
||||
if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
|
||||
print_error "Invalid number of arguments"
|
||||
print_usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTER_NAME="$1"
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove .tex extension if provided
|
||||
CHAPTER_NAME="${CHAPTER_NAME%.tex}"
|
||||
|
||||
# Full path to chapter file
|
||||
CHAPTER_FILE="$CHAPTERS_DIR/${CHAPTER_NAME}.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if file exists
|
||||
if [ ! -f "$CHAPTER_FILE" ]; then
|
||||
print_error "Chapter file not found: $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Available chapters:"
|
||||
for file in "$CHAPTERS_DIR"/*.tex; do
|
||||
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
|
||||
basename "$file"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Get chapter information before deletion
|
||||
CHAPTER_TITLE=$(get_chapter_title "$CHAPTER_FILE")
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Confirmation
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}==============================================================================
|
||||
Chapter Deletion
|
||||
==============================================================================${NC}"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "You are about to delete:"
|
||||
echo " File: $(basename "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
echo " Title: $CHAPTER_TITLE"
|
||||
echo " Full path: $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
print_warning "This action will:"
|
||||
echo " 1. Back up the file to .chapter_backups/"
|
||||
echo " 2. Delete the chapter file"
|
||||
echo " 3. Remove it from 01_content.tex (if included)"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo -n "Are you sure you want to continue? (y/N): "
|
||||
read -r response
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ ! "$response" =~ ^[Yy]$ ]]; then
|
||||
echo "Deletion cancelled."
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Create Backup
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_info "Creating backup..."
|
||||
|
||||
# Create backup directory if it doesn't exist
|
||||
mkdir -p "$BACKUP_DIR"
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate backup filename with timestamp
|
||||
TIMESTAMP=$(date +"%Y%m%d_%H%M%S")
|
||||
BACKUP_FILE="$BACKUP_DIR/${CHAPTER_NAME}_${TIMESTAMP}.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
# Copy file to backup
|
||||
cp "$CHAPTER_FILE" "$BACKUP_FILE"
|
||||
print_success "Backup created: $BACKUP_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Remove from Content Loader
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_info "Removing from content loader..."
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the input line pattern to search for
|
||||
CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE="\\\\input{Content/Chapters/${CHAPTER_NAME}}"
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if the chapter is included in content file
|
||||
if grep -q "$CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE" "$CONTENT_FILE" 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
# Create a temporary file
|
||||
TEMP_FILE=$(mktemp)
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the line containing the chapter input
|
||||
grep -v "$CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE" "$CONTENT_FILE" > "$TEMP_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
# Move the temporary file back
|
||||
mv "$TEMP_FILE" "$CONTENT_FILE"
|
||||
|
||||
print_success "Removed from content loader"
|
||||
else
|
||||
print_info "Chapter was not included in content loader"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Delete Chapter File
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_info "Deleting chapter file..."
|
||||
|
||||
rm "$CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
print_success "Chapter file deleted"
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Final Summary
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo -e "${GREEN}==============================================================================
|
||||
Chapter Successfully Deleted
|
||||
==============================================================================${NC}"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Summary:"
|
||||
echo " ✓ Chapter file deleted: $(basename "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
echo " ✓ Backup saved to: $(basename "$BACKUP_FILE")"
|
||||
if grep -q "$CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE" "$CONTENT_FILE" 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
echo " ✓ Removed from document"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Recovery options:"
|
||||
echo " To restore this chapter, copy the backup file back:"
|
||||
echo " cp \"$BACKUP_FILE\" \"$CHAPTER_FILE\""
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo " To re-include in document after restoration:"
|
||||
echo " Add the following line to Content/01_content.tex:"
|
||||
echo " $CHAPTER_INPUT_LINE"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "All backups are stored in: .chapter_backups/"
|
||||
211
scripts/list_chapters.sh
Executable file
211
scripts/list_chapters.sh
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# List Chapters Script
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Description: Lists all chapter files in the project and shows their inclusion
|
||||
# status in the content loader
|
||||
# Usage: ./scripts/list_chapters.sh
|
||||
# Author: HSRTReport Template
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
set -e # Exit on error
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SCRIPT_DIR="$(cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")" && pwd)"
|
||||
PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")"
|
||||
CHAPTERS_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/Chapters"
|
||||
CONTENT_FILE="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/01_content.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
# Colors for output
|
||||
RED='\033[0;31m'
|
||||
GREEN='\033[0;32m'
|
||||
YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
|
||||
BLUE='\033[0;34m'
|
||||
CYAN='\033[0;36m'
|
||||
NC='\033[0m' # No Color
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Functions
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_header() {
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}==============================================================================
|
||||
Chapter Management - File List
|
||||
==============================================================================${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_success() {
|
||||
echo -e "${GREEN}✓${NC} $1"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_warning() {
|
||||
echo -e "${YELLOW}○${NC} $1"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_error() {
|
||||
echo -e "${RED}✗${NC} $1"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
get_chapter_title() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
# Extract chapter title from \chapter{...} command
|
||||
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
|
||||
grep -m 1 "\\\\chapter{" "$file" 2>/dev/null | sed 's/.*\\chapter{\([^}]*\)}.*/\1/' || echo "Untitled"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "File not found"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
is_included() {
|
||||
local chapter_name="$1"
|
||||
# Check if chapter is included in content file
|
||||
if grep -q "\\\\input{Content/Chapters/$chapter_name}" "$CONTENT_FILE" 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Main Script
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_header
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if chapters directory exists
|
||||
if [ ! -d "$CHAPTERS_DIR" ]; then
|
||||
print_error "Chapters directory not found: $CHAPTERS_DIR"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Get all .tex files in chapters directory
|
||||
CHAPTER_FILES=()
|
||||
while IFS= read -r -d '' file; do
|
||||
CHAPTER_FILES+=("$file")
|
||||
done < <(find "$CHAPTERS_DIR" -maxdepth 1 -name "*.tex" -type f -print0 | sort -z)
|
||||
|
||||
if [ ${#CHAPTER_FILES[@]} -eq 0 ]; then
|
||||
echo "No chapter files found in $CHAPTERS_DIR"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "To create a new chapter, use:"
|
||||
echo " ./scripts/create_chapter.sh <number> <name>"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Example:"
|
||||
echo " ./scripts/create_chapter.sh 01 introduction"
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Display Chapter List
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo -e "${CYAN}Found ${#CHAPTER_FILES[@]} chapter file(s):${NC}"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Table header
|
||||
printf "%-6s %-30s %-40s %-10s\n" "No." "File Name" "Chapter Title" "Status"
|
||||
printf "%-6s %-30s %-40s %-10s\n" "---" "$(printf '%30s' | tr ' ' '-')" "$(printf '%40s' | tr ' ' '-')" "----------"
|
||||
|
||||
# List each chapter
|
||||
for i in "${!CHAPTER_FILES[@]}"; do
|
||||
FILE="${CHAPTER_FILES[$i]}"
|
||||
BASENAME=$(basename "$FILE")
|
||||
FILENAME="${BASENAME%.*}"
|
||||
TITLE=$(get_chapter_title "$FILE")
|
||||
|
||||
# Truncate long titles
|
||||
if [ ${#TITLE} -gt 38 ]; then
|
||||
TITLE="${TITLE:0:35}..."
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if included
|
||||
if is_included "$FILENAME"; then
|
||||
STATUS="${GREEN}Included${NC}"
|
||||
else
|
||||
STATUS="${YELLOW}Not included${NC}"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
printf "%-6s %-30s %-40s " "$((i+1))." "$BASENAME" "$TITLE"
|
||||
echo -e "$STATUS"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Statistics
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}------------------------------------------------------------------------------${NC}"
|
||||
echo "Statistics:"
|
||||
|
||||
# Count included chapters
|
||||
INCLUDED_COUNT=0
|
||||
NOT_INCLUDED_COUNT=0
|
||||
|
||||
for FILE in "${CHAPTER_FILES[@]}"; do
|
||||
BASENAME=$(basename "$FILE")
|
||||
FILENAME="${BASENAME%.*}"
|
||||
if is_included "$FILENAME"; then
|
||||
((INCLUDED_COUNT++)) || true
|
||||
else
|
||||
((NOT_INCLUDED_COUNT++)) || true
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
echo " Total chapters: ${#CHAPTER_FILES[@]}"
|
||||
echo -e " Included in document: ${GREEN}$INCLUDED_COUNT${NC}"
|
||||
echo -e " Not included: ${YELLOW}$NOT_INCLUDED_COUNT${NC}"
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Chapter Order in Document
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}------------------------------------------------------------------------------${NC}"
|
||||
echo "Chapter order in document (01_content.tex):"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract included chapters from content file
|
||||
if [ -f "$CONTENT_FILE" ]; then
|
||||
INCLUDED_CHAPTERS=()
|
||||
while IFS= read -r line; do
|
||||
if [[ "$line" =~ \\input\{Content/Chapters/([^}]+)\} ]]; then
|
||||
INCLUDED_CHAPTERS+=("${BASH_REMATCH[1]}.tex")
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done < <(sed -n '/% --- CHAPTER LIST START ---/,/% --- CHAPTER LIST END ---/p' "$CONTENT_FILE")
|
||||
|
||||
if [ ${#INCLUDED_CHAPTERS[@]} -gt 0 ]; then
|
||||
for i in "${!INCLUDED_CHAPTERS[@]}"; do
|
||||
CHAPTER="${INCLUDED_CHAPTERS[$i]}"
|
||||
TITLE=$(get_chapter_title "$CHAPTERS_DIR/$CHAPTER")
|
||||
printf " %2d. %-30s %s\n" "$((i+1))" "$CHAPTER" "($TITLE)"
|
||||
done
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo " (No chapters currently included)"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
print_error "Content file not found: $CONTENT_FILE"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Help Information
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}------------------------------------------------------------------------------${NC}"
|
||||
echo "Available commands:"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo " Create chapter: ./scripts/create_chapter.sh <number> <name>"
|
||||
echo " List chapters: ./scripts/list_chapters.sh"
|
||||
echo " Delete chapter: ./scripts/delete_chapter.sh <filename>"
|
||||
echo " Show chapter: ./scripts/show_chapter.sh <filename>"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "To manually include/exclude chapters, edit: Content/01_content.tex"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Exit successfully
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
300
scripts/show_chapter.sh
Executable file
300
scripts/show_chapter.sh
Executable file
@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Show Chapter Script
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
# Description: Displays information and content of a specific chapter file
|
||||
# Usage: ./scripts/show_chapter.sh <chapter_filename>
|
||||
# Example: ./scripts/show_chapter.sh 02_methodology
|
||||
# Author: HSRTReport Template
|
||||
# ==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
set -e # Exit on error
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SCRIPT_DIR="$(cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")" && pwd)"
|
||||
PROJECT_ROOT="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")"
|
||||
CHAPTERS_DIR="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/Chapters"
|
||||
CONTENT_FILE="$PROJECT_ROOT/Content/01_content.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
# Colors for output
|
||||
RED='\033[0;31m'
|
||||
GREEN='\033[0;32m'
|
||||
YELLOW='\033[1;33m'
|
||||
BLUE='\033[0;34m'
|
||||
CYAN='\033[0;36m'
|
||||
MAGENTA='\033[0;35m'
|
||||
NC='\033[0m' # No Color
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Functions
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
print_usage() {
|
||||
echo "Usage: $0 <chapter_filename> [options]"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Displays information and content of a specific chapter file."
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Arguments:"
|
||||
echo " chapter_filename Name of the chapter file (with or without .tex extension)"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Options:"
|
||||
echo " -h, --head N Show only first N lines of content (default: all)"
|
||||
echo " -i, --info Show only file information, no content"
|
||||
echo " -s, --structure Show only document structure (chapters, sections)"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Examples:"
|
||||
echo " $0 02_methodology"
|
||||
echo " $0 02_methodology.tex --head 50"
|
||||
echo " $0 01_introduction --info"
|
||||
echo " $0 03_results --structure"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_error() {
|
||||
echo -e "${RED}Error: $1${NC}" >&2
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_success() {
|
||||
echo -e "${GREEN}✓ $1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_info() {
|
||||
echo -e "${YELLOW}ℹ $1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
print_header() {
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}$1${NC}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
get_chapter_title() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
|
||||
grep -m 1 "\\\\chapter{" "$file" 2>/dev/null | sed 's/.*\\chapter{\([^}]*\)}.*/\1/' || echo "Untitled"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "Unknown"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
get_chapter_label() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
|
||||
grep -m 1 "\\\\label{chap:" "$file" 2>/dev/null | sed 's/.*\\label{chap:\([^}]*\)}.*/\1/' || echo "no-label"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "unknown"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
is_included() {
|
||||
local chapter_name="$1"
|
||||
if grep -q "\\\\input{Content/Chapters/$chapter_name}" "$CONTENT_FILE" 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
else
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
count_lines() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
wc -l < "$file"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
count_words() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
# Count words excluding LaTeX commands (approximate)
|
||||
sed 's/\\[a-zA-Z]*\({[^}]*}\)\?//g' "$file" | wc -w
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
get_file_size() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
local size=$(stat -c%s "$file" 2>/dev/null || stat -f%z "$file" 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
if [ "$size" -lt 1024 ]; then
|
||||
echo "${size} bytes"
|
||||
elif [ "$size" -lt 1048576 ]; then
|
||||
echo "$((size / 1024)) KB"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "$((size / 1048576)) MB"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
get_modification_date() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
stat -c%y "$file" 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f1 || stat -f "%Sm" -t "%Y-%m-%d" "$file" 2>/dev/null || echo "Unknown"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
show_structure() {
|
||||
local file="$1"
|
||||
echo -e "${CYAN}Document Structure:${NC}"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Extract chapters, sections, subsections
|
||||
grep -n "\\\\chapter\|\\\\section\|\\\\subsection" "$file" | while IFS=: read -r line_num content; do
|
||||
if [[ "$content" =~ \\chapter ]]; then
|
||||
title=$(echo "$content" | sed 's/.*\\chapter{\([^}]*\)}.*/\1/')
|
||||
echo -e "${MAGENTA}[$line_num] CHAPTER: $title${NC}"
|
||||
elif [[ "$content" =~ \\section ]]; then
|
||||
title=$(echo "$content" | sed 's/.*\\section{\([^}]*\)}.*/\1/')
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE} [$line_num] Section: $title${NC}"
|
||||
elif [[ "$content" =~ \\subsection ]]; then
|
||||
title=$(echo "$content" | sed 's/.*\\subsection*{\([^}]*\)}.*/\1/')
|
||||
echo -e "${CYAN} [$line_num] Subsection: $title${NC}"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Parse Arguments
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
if [ $# -eq 0 ]; then
|
||||
print_error "No arguments provided"
|
||||
print_usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
CHAPTER_NAME="$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
|
||||
# Default options
|
||||
SHOW_HEAD=0
|
||||
INFO_ONLY=false
|
||||
STRUCTURE_ONLY=false
|
||||
|
||||
# Parse options
|
||||
while [[ $# -gt 0 ]]; do
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-h|--head)
|
||||
SHOW_HEAD="$2"
|
||||
shift 2
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-i|--info)
|
||||
INFO_ONLY=true
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-s|--structure)
|
||||
STRUCTURE_ONLY=true
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
--help)
|
||||
print_usage
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
print_error "Unknown option: $1"
|
||||
print_usage
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Validate Input
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove .tex extension if provided
|
||||
CHAPTER_NAME="${CHAPTER_NAME%.tex}"
|
||||
|
||||
# Full path to chapter file
|
||||
CHAPTER_FILE="$CHAPTERS_DIR/${CHAPTER_NAME}.tex"
|
||||
|
||||
# Check if file exists
|
||||
if [ ! -f "$CHAPTER_FILE" ]; then
|
||||
print_error "Chapter file not found: $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Available chapters:"
|
||||
for file in "$CHAPTERS_DIR"/*.tex; do
|
||||
if [ -f "$file" ]; then
|
||||
echo " - $(basename "$file" .tex)"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Display Chapter Information
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}==============================================================================
|
||||
Chapter Information
|
||||
==============================================================================${NC}"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Basic information
|
||||
echo -e "${CYAN}File Information:${NC}"
|
||||
echo " File name: $(basename "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
echo " Full path: $CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
echo " File size: $(get_file_size "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
echo " Modified: $(get_modification_date "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
echo " Line count: $(count_lines "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
echo " Word count: ~$(count_words "$CHAPTER_FILE") words (approximate)"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# Chapter metadata
|
||||
echo -e "${CYAN}Chapter Metadata:${NC}"
|
||||
echo " Title: $(get_chapter_title "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
echo " Label: chap:$(get_chapter_label "$CHAPTER_FILE")"
|
||||
|
||||
if is_included "$CHAPTER_NAME"; then
|
||||
echo -e " Status: ${GREEN}Included in document${NC}"
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo -e " Status: ${YELLOW}Not included in document${NC}"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Show Structure if Requested
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
if [ "$STRUCTURE_ONLY" = true ]; then
|
||||
show_structure "$CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Exit if Info Only
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
if [ "$INFO_ONLY" = true ]; then
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Display Chapter Content
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}------------------------------------------------------------------------------${NC}"
|
||||
echo -e "${CYAN}Chapter Content:${NC}"
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}------------------------------------------------------------------------------${NC}"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
|
||||
if [ "$SHOW_HEAD" -gt 0 ]; then
|
||||
head -n "$SHOW_HEAD" "$CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo -e "${YELLOW}... (showing first $SHOW_HEAD lines, $(count_lines "$CHAPTER_FILE") total lines)${NC}"
|
||||
else
|
||||
cat "$CHAPTER_FILE"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}------------------------------------------------------------------------------${NC}"
|
||||
echo -e "${CYAN}End of Chapter${NC}"
|
||||
echo -e "${BLUE}------------------------------------------------------------------------------${NC}"
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Show Related Commands
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "Related commands:"
|
||||
echo " Edit this chapter: \$EDITOR \"$CHAPTER_FILE\""
|
||||
echo " Show structure only: $0 $CHAPTER_NAME --structure"
|
||||
echo " Show info only: $0 $CHAPTER_NAME --info"
|
||||
if ! is_included "$CHAPTER_NAME"; then
|
||||
echo ""
|
||||
echo "To include this chapter in the document, add the following line to"
|
||||
echo "Content/01_content.tex in the marked chapter section:"
|
||||
echo " \\input{Content/Chapters/$CHAPTER_NAME}"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in New Issue
Block a user